Part: Remove XML binding files.
This PR removes the Part XML API bindings files now that we have equivalent Python binding files.
This commit is contained in:
Joao Matos
committed by
Benjamin Nauck
Benjamin Nauck
parent
6083315b04
commit
faabc3d7d6
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConicPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfCirclePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ArcOfCircle"
|
||||
Twin="GeomArcOfCircle"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomArcOfCircle"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ArcOfConicPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Circle" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal circle representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Circle" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TrimmedCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfConicPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ArcOfConic"
|
||||
Twin="GeomArcOfConic"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomArcOfConic"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TrimmedCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo[at]gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a conic</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Center of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Center" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Deprecated -- use Location.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Center" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="AngleXU" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The angle between the X axis and the major axis of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="AngleXU" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The axis direction of the conic</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="XAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The X axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="XAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="YAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The Y axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="YAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConicPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfEllipsePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ArcOfEllipse"
|
||||
Twin="GeomArcOfEllipse"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomArcOfEllipse"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ArcOfConicPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo[at]gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of an ellipse</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Ellipse" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal ellipse representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Ellipse" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConicPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfHyperbolaPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ArcOfHyperbola"
|
||||
Twin="GeomArcOfHyperbola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomArcOfHyperbola"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ArcOfConicPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo[at]gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of an hyperbola</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Hyperbola" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal hyperbola representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Hyperbola" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConicPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfParabolaPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ArcOfParabola"
|
||||
Twin="GeomArcOfParabola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomArcOfParabola"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ArcOfConicPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo[at]gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a parabola</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal length of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Parabola" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal parabola representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Parabola" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TrimmedCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="ArcPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Arc"
|
||||
Twin="GeomTrimmedCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomTrimmedCurve"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TrimmedCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>public:
|
||||
ArcPy(const Geom_Circle & circ, PyTypeObject *T = &Type)
|
||||
:PyObjectBase(new Geom_Circle(circ),T){}
|
||||
const Geom_Circle & value(void) const {return *getGeom_CirclePtr();}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>public:
|
||||
ArcPy(const Geom_Ellipse & circ, PyTypeObject *T = &Type)
|
||||
:PyObjectBase(new Geom_Ellipse(circ),T){}
|
||||
const Geom_Ellipse & value(void) const {return *getGeom_EllipsePtr();}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="BaseClassPy"
|
||||
Name="AttachEnginePy"
|
||||
Twin="AttachEngine"
|
||||
TwinPointer="AttachEngine"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Attacher.h"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/BaseClassPy.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Attacher"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="DeepSOIC" EMail="vv.titov@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<DeveloperDocu>AttachEngine abstract class</DeveloperDocu>
|
||||
<UserDocu>AttachEngine abstract class - the functionality of AttachableObject, but outside of DocumentObject</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="AttacherType" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Type of engine: 3d, plane, line, or point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="AttacherType" Type="String" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Mode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Current attachment mode.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Mode" Type="String" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="References" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Current attachment mode.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="References" Type="Object" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="AttachmentOffset" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Current attachment mode.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="AttachmentOffset" Type="Object" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Reverse" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>If True, Z axis of attached placement is flipped. X axis is flipped in addition (CS has to remain right-handed).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Reverse" Type="Boolean" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Parameter" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Value of parameter for some curve attachment modes. Range of 0..1 spans the length of the edge (parameter value can be outside of the range for curves that allow extrapolation.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Parameter" Type="Float" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CompleteModeList" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>List of all attachment modes of all AttachEngines. This is the list of modes in MapMode enum properties of AttachableObjects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CompleteModeList" Type="List" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ImplementedModes" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>List of all attachment modes of all AttachEngines. This is the list of modes in MapMode enum properties of AttachableObjects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ImplementedModes" Type="List" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CompleteRefTypeList" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>List of all reference shape types recognized by AttachEngine.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CompleteRefTypeList" Type="List" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
|
||||
<Methode Name="getModeInfo">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>getModeInfo(mode): returns supported reference combinations, user-friendly name, and so on.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getRefTypeOfShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>getRefTypeOfShape(shape): returns shape type as interpreted by AttachEngine. Returns a string.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isFittingRefType">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isFittingRefType(type_shape, type_needed): tests if shape type, specified by type_shape (string), fits a type required by attachment mode type_needed (string). e.g. 'Circle' fits a requirement of 'Edge', and 'Curve' doesn't fit if a 'Circle' is required.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="downgradeRefType">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>downgradeRefType(type): returns next more general type. E.g. downgradeType('Circle') yields 'Curve'.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getRefTypeInfo">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>getRefTypeInfo(type): returns information (dict) on shape type. Keys:'UserFriendlyName', 'TypeIndex', 'Rank'. Rank is the number of times reftype can be downgraded, before it becomes 'Any'.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="copy" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>copy(): returns a new instance of AttachEngine.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="calculateAttachedPlacement" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>calculateAttachedPlacement(orig_placement): returns result of attachment, based
|
||||
on current Mode, References, etc. AttachmentOffset is included.
|
||||
|
||||
original_placement is the previous placement of the object being attached. It
|
||||
is used to preserve orientation for Translate attachment mode. For other modes,
|
||||
it is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the new placement. If not attached, returns None. If attachment fails,
|
||||
an exception is raised.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="suggestModes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
|
||||
<UserDocu>suggestModes(): runs mode suggestion routine and returns a dictionary with
|
||||
results and supplementary information.
|
||||
|
||||
Keys:
|
||||
'allApplicableModes': list of modes that can accept current references. Note
|
||||
that it is only a check by types, and does not guarantee the modes will
|
||||
actually work.
|
||||
|
||||
'bestFitMode': mode that fits current references best. Note that the mode may
|
||||
not be valid for the set of references; check for if 'message' is 'OK'.
|
||||
|
||||
'error': error message for when 'message' is 'UnexpectedError' or
|
||||
'LinkBroken'.
|
||||
|
||||
'message': general result of suggestion. 'IncompatibleGeometry', 'NoModesFit':
|
||||
no modes accept current set of references; 'OK': some modes do accept current
|
||||
set of references (though it's not guarantted the modes will work - surrestor
|
||||
only checks for correct types); 'UnexpectedError': should never happen.
|
||||
|
||||
'nextRefTypeHint': what more can be added to references to reach other modes
|
||||
('reachableModes' provide more extended information on this)
|
||||
|
||||
'reachableModes': a dict, where key is mode, and value is a list of sequences
|
||||
of references that can be added to fit that mode.
|
||||
|
||||
'references_Types': a list of types of geometry linked by references (that's
|
||||
the input information for suggestor, actually).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="readParametersFromFeature">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>readParametersFromFeature(document_object): sets AttachEngine parameters (References, Mode, etc.) by reading out properties of AttachableObject-derived feature.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="writeParametersToFeature">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
|
||||
<UserDocu>writeParametersToFeature(document_object): updates properties of
|
||||
AttachableObject-derived feature with current AttachEngine parameters
|
||||
(References, Mode, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
Warning: if a feature linked by AttachEngine.References was deleted, this method
|
||||
will crash FreeCAD.</UserDocu>
|
||||
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="DocumentObjectExtensionPy"
|
||||
Name="AttachExtensionPy"
|
||||
Twin="AttachExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="AttachExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/AttachExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="App/DocumentObjectExtensionPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="App">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="DeepSOIC" EMail="vv.titov@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This object represents an attachable object with OCC shape.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="positionBySupport">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>positionBySupport() -> bool
|
||||
|
||||
Reposition object based on AttachmentSupport, MapMode and MapPathParameter properties.
|
||||
Returns True if attachment calculation was successful, false if object is not attached and Placement wasn't updated,
|
||||
and raises an exception if attachment calculation fails.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name = "changeAttacherType">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>changeAttacherType(typename) -> None
|
||||
|
||||
Changes Attacher class of this object.
|
||||
typename: string. The following are accepted so far:
|
||||
'Attacher::AttachEngine3D'
|
||||
'Attacher::AttachEnginePlane'
|
||||
'Attacher::AttachEngineLine'
|
||||
'Attacher::AttachEnginePoint'</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Attacher" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>AttachEngine object driving this AttachableObject. Returns a copy.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Attacher" Type="Object" />
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="MakePrismPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BRepFeat.MakePrism"
|
||||
Twin="BRepFeat_MakePrism"
|
||||
TwinPointer="BRepFeat_MakePrism"
|
||||
Include="BRepFeat_MakePrism.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes functions to build prism features.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Initializes this algorithm for building prisms along surfaces.
|
||||
A face Pbase is selected in the shape Sbase
|
||||
to serve as the basis for the prism. The orientation
|
||||
of the prism will be defined by the vector Direction.
|
||||
|
||||
Fuse offers a choice between:
|
||||
- removing matter with a Boolean cut using the setting 0
|
||||
- adding matter with Boolean fusion using the setting 1.
|
||||
The sketch face Skface serves to determine
|
||||
the type of operation. If it is inside the basis
|
||||
shape, a local operation such as glueing can be performed.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Indicates that the edge will slide on the face.
|
||||
Raises ConstructionError if the face does not belong to the
|
||||
basis shape, or the edge to the prismed shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Assigns one of the following semantics.
|
||||
1. to a height Length
|
||||
2. to a face Until
|
||||
3. from a face From to a height Until. Reconstructs the feature topologically according to the semantic option chosen.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="performUntilEnd">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Realizes a semi-infinite prism, limited by the
|
||||
position of the prism base. All other faces extend infinitely.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="performFromEnd">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Realizes a semi-infinite prism, limited by the face Funtil.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="performThruAll">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Builds an infinite prism. The infinite descendants will not be kept in the result.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="performUntilHeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Assigns both a limiting shape, Until from TopoDS_Shape
|
||||
and a height, Length at which to stop generation of the prism feature.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curves" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the list of curves S parallel to the axis of the prism.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="barycCurve" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Generates a curve along the center of mass of the primitive.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a shape built by the shape construction algorithm.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFillingPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling"
|
||||
Twin="BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling"
|
||||
TwinPointer="BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling"
|
||||
Include="BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>N-Side Filling</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setConstrParam" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
setConstrParam(Tol2d=0.00001, Tol3d=0.0001, TolAng=0.01, TolCurv=0.1)
|
||||
Sets the values of Tolerances used to control the constraint.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setResolParam" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
setResolParam(Degree=3, NbPtsOnCur=15, NbIter=2, Anisotropy=False)
|
||||
Sets the parameters used for resolution.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setApproxParam" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
setApproxParam(MaxDeg=8, MaxSegments=9)
|
||||
Sets the parameters used to approximate the filling the surface
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="loadInitSurface">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
loadInitSurface(face)
|
||||
Loads the initial surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
add(Edge, Order, IsBound=True)
|
||||
add(Edge, Support, Order, IsBound=True)
|
||||
add(Support, Order)
|
||||
add(Point)
|
||||
add(U, V, Support, Order)
|
||||
Adds a new constraint.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="build">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds the resulting faces.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isDone">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tests whether computation of the filling plate has been completed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G0Error">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
G0Error([int])
|
||||
Returns the maximum distance between the result and the constraints.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G1Error">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
G1Error([int])
|
||||
Returns the maximum angle between the result and the constraints.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G2Error">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
G2Error([int])
|
||||
Returns the greatest difference in curvature between the result and the constraints.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
shape()
|
||||
Returns the resulting shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShellPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell"
|
||||
TwinPointer="BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
Include="BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell.hxx"
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Low level API to create a PipeShell using OCC API
|
||||
|
||||
Ref: https://dev.opencascade.org/doc/refman/html/class_b_rep_offset_a_p_i___make_pipe_shell.html
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setFrenetMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setFrenetMode(True|False)
|
||||
Sets a Frenet or a CorrectedFrenet trihedron to perform the sweeping.
|
||||
True = Frenet
|
||||
False = CorrectedFrenet</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setTrihedronMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setTrihedronMode(point,direction)
|
||||
Sets a fixed trihedron to perform the sweeping.
|
||||
All sections will be parallel.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setBiNormalMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setBiNormalMode(direction)
|
||||
Sets a fixed BiNormal direction to perform the sweeping.
|
||||
Angular relations between the section(s) and the BiNormal direction will be constant.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setSpineSupport">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setSpineSupport(shape)
|
||||
Sets support to the spine to define the BiNormal of the trihedron, like the normal to the surfaces.
|
||||
Warning: To be effective, Each edge of the spine must have an representation on one face of SpineSupport.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setAuxiliarySpine">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setAuxiliarySpine(wire, CurvilinearEquivalence, TypeOfContact)
|
||||
Sets an auxiliary spine to define the Normal.
|
||||
|
||||
CurvilinearEquivalence = bool
|
||||
For each Point of the Spine P, an Point Q is evalued on AuxiliarySpine.
|
||||
If CurvilinearEquivalence=True Q split AuxiliarySpine with the same length ratio than P split Spine.
|
||||
|
||||
* OCC >= 6.7
|
||||
TypeOfContact = long
|
||||
0: No contact
|
||||
1: Contact
|
||||
2: Contact On Border (The auxiliary spine becomes a boundary of the swept surface)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>add(shape Profile, bool WithContact=False, bool WithCorrection=False)
|
||||
add(shape Profile, vertex Location, bool WithContact=False, bool WithCorrection=False)
|
||||
Adds the section Profile to this framework.
|
||||
First and last sections may be punctual, so the shape Profile may be both wire and vertex.
|
||||
If WithContact is true, the section is translated to be in contact with the spine.
|
||||
If WithCorrection is true, the section is rotated to be orthogonal to the spine tangent in the correspondent point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="remove">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>remove(shape Profile)
|
||||
Removes the section Profile from this framework.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isReady">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isReady()
|
||||
Returns true if this tool object is ready to build the shape.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getStatus">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>getStatus()
|
||||
Get a status, when Simulate or Build failed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeSolid">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>makeSolid()
|
||||
Transforms the sweeping Shell in Solid. If a propfile is not closed returns False.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setTolerance( tol3d, boundTol, tolAngular)
|
||||
Tol3d = 3D tolerance
|
||||
BoundTol = boundary tolerance
|
||||
TolAngular = angular tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setTransitionMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>0: BRepBuilderAPI_Transformed
|
||||
1: BRepBuilderAPI_RightCorner
|
||||
2: BRepBuilderAPI_RoundCorner</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="firstShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>firstShape()
|
||||
Returns the Shape of the bottom of the sweep.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="lastShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>lastShape()
|
||||
Returns the Shape of the top of the sweep.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="build">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>build()
|
||||
Builds the resulting shape.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>shape()
|
||||
Returns the resulting shape.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="generated">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>generated(shape S)
|
||||
Returns a list of new shapes generated from the shape S by the shell-generating algorithm.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setMaxDegree">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setMaxDegree(int degree)
|
||||
Define the maximum V degree of resulting surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setMaxSegments">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setMaxSegments(int num)
|
||||
Define the maximum number of spans in V-direction on resulting surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setForceApproxC1">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setForceApproxC1(bool)
|
||||
Set the flag that indicates attempt to approximate a C1-continuous surface if a swept surface proved to be C0.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="simulate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>simulate(int nbsec)
|
||||
Simulates the resulting shape by calculating the given number of cross-sections.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="BoundedCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="BSplineCurvePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BSplineCurve"
|
||||
Twin="GeomBSplineCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomBSplineCurve"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/BoundedCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a B-Spline curve in 3D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="__reduce__" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>__reduce__()
|
||||
Serialization of Part.BSplineCurve objects
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Degree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Degree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any
|
||||
B-Spline curve curve. This value is 25.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles of this B-Spline curve.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbKnots" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the number of knots of this B-Spline curve.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the index in the knot array of the knot
|
||||
corresponding to the first or last parameter
|
||||
of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstUKnotIndex" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the index in the knot array of the knot
|
||||
corresponding to the first or last parameter
|
||||
of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastUKnotIndex" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="KnotSequence" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the knots sequence of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="KnotSequence" Type="List"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isRational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this B-Spline curve is rational.
|
||||
A B-Spline curve is rational if, at the time of construction,
|
||||
the weight table has been initialized.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this BSpline curve is periodic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the distance between the start point and end point of
|
||||
this B-Spline curve is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseDegree">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increase(Int=Degree)
|
||||
Increases the degree of this B-Spline curve to Degree.
|
||||
As a result, the poles, weights and multiplicities tables
|
||||
are modified; the knots table is not changed. Nothing is
|
||||
done if Degree is less than or equal to the current degree.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increaseMultiplicity(int index, int mult)
|
||||
increaseMultiplicity(int start, int end, int mult)
|
||||
Increases multiplicity of knots up to mult.
|
||||
|
||||
index: the index of a knot to modify (1-based)
|
||||
start, end: index range of knots to modify.
|
||||
If mult is lower or equal to the current multiplicity nothing is done.
|
||||
If mult is higher than the degree the degree is used.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="incrementMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>incrementMultiplicity(int start, int end, int mult)
|
||||
|
||||
Raises multiplicity of knots by mult.
|
||||
|
||||
start, end: index range of knots to modify.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertKnot(u, mult = 1, tol = 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Inserts a knot value in the sequence of knots. If u is an existing knot the
|
||||
multiplicity is increased by mult. </UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertKnots(list_of_floats, list_of_ints, tol = 0.0, bool_add = True)
|
||||
|
||||
Inserts a set of knots values in the sequence of knots.
|
||||
|
||||
For each u = list_of_floats[i], mult = list_of_ints[i]
|
||||
|
||||
If u is an existing knot the multiplicity is increased by mult if bool_add is
|
||||
True, otherwise increased to mult.
|
||||
|
||||
If u is not on the parameter range nothing is done.
|
||||
|
||||
If the multiplicity is negative or null nothing is done. The new multiplicity
|
||||
is limited to the degree.
|
||||
|
||||
The tolerance criterion for knots equality is the max of Epsilon(U) and ParametricTolerance.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>removeKnot(Index, M, tol)
|
||||
|
||||
Reduces the multiplicity of the knot of index Index to M.
|
||||
If M is equal to 0, the knot is removed.
|
||||
With a modification of this type, the array of poles is also modified.
|
||||
Two different algorithms are systematically used to compute the new
|
||||
poles of the curve. If, for each pole, the distance between the pole
|
||||
calculated using the first algorithm and the same pole calculated using
|
||||
the second algorithm, is less than Tolerance, this ensures that the curve
|
||||
is not modified by more than Tolerance. Under these conditions, true is
|
||||
returned; otherwise, false is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
A low tolerance is used to prevent modification of the curve.
|
||||
A high tolerance is used to 'smooth' the curve.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>segment(u1,u2)
|
||||
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline curve by segmenting it.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a knot of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getKnot" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a knot of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set knots of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getKnots" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all knots of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Modifies this B-Spline curve by assigning P
|
||||
to the pole of index Index in the poles table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a pole of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all poles of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a weight of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a weight of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all weights of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPolesAndWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the table of poles and weights in homogeneous coordinates.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes for this B-Spline curve the parametric tolerance (UTolerance)
|
||||
for a given 3D tolerance (Tolerance3D).
|
||||
If f(t) is the equation of this B-Spline curve, the parametric tolerance
|
||||
ensures that:
|
||||
|t1-t0| < UTolerance =""==> |f(t1)-f(t0)| < Tolerance3D</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="movePoint">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>movePoint(U, P, Index1, Index2)
|
||||
|
||||
Moves the point of parameter U of this B-Spline curve to P.
|
||||
Index1 and Index2 are the indexes in the table of poles of this B-Spline curve
|
||||
of the first and last poles designated to be moved.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns: (FirstModifiedPole, LastModifiedPole). They are the indexes of the
|
||||
first and last poles which are effectively modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setNotPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes this B-Spline curve into a non-periodic curve.
|
||||
If this curve is already non-periodic, it is not modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes this B-Spline curve into a periodic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setOrigin">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Assigns the knot of index Index in the knots table
|
||||
as the origin of this periodic B-Spline curve. As a consequence,
|
||||
the knots and poles tables are modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getMultiplicity" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the multiplicity of the knot of index
|
||||
from the knots table of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getMultiplicities" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the multiplicities table M of the knots of this B-Spline curve.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="approximate" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Replaces this B-Spline curve by approximating a set of points.
|
||||
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
approximate(Points = list_of_points)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional arguments :
|
||||
|
||||
DegMin = integer (3) : Minimum degree of the curve.
|
||||
DegMax = integer (8) : Maximum degree of the curve.
|
||||
Tolerance = float (1e-3) : approximating tolerance.
|
||||
Continuity = string ('C2') : Desired continuity of the curve.
|
||||
Possible values : 'C0','G1','C1','G2','C2','C3','CN'
|
||||
|
||||
LengthWeight = float, CurvatureWeight = float, TorsionWeight = float
|
||||
If one of these arguments is not null, the functions approximates the
|
||||
points using variational smoothing algorithm, which tries to minimize
|
||||
additional criterium:
|
||||
LengthWeight*CurveLength + CurvatureWeight*Curvature + TorsionWeight*Torsion
|
||||
Continuity must be C0, C1(with DegMax >= 3) or C2(with DegMax >= 5).
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters = list of floats : knot sequence of the approximated points.
|
||||
This argument is only used if the weights above are all null.
|
||||
|
||||
ParamType = string ('Uniform','Centripetal' or 'ChordLength')
|
||||
Parameterization type. Only used if weights and Parameters above aren't specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Note : Continuity of the spline defaults to C2. However, it may not be applied if
|
||||
it conflicts with other parameters ( especially DegMax ).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getCardinalSplineTangents" Keyword="true" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the tangents for a Cardinal spline</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="interpolate" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Replaces this B-Spline curve by interpolating a set of points.
|
||||
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
interpolate(Points = list_of_points)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional arguments :
|
||||
|
||||
PeriodicFlag = bool (False) : Sets the curve closed or opened.
|
||||
Tolerance = float (1e-6) : interpolating tolerance
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters : knot sequence of the interpolated points.
|
||||
If not supplied, the function defaults to chord-length parameterization.
|
||||
If PeriodicFlag == True, one extra parameter must be appended.
|
||||
|
||||
EndPoint Tangent constraints :
|
||||
|
||||
InitialTangent = vector, FinalTangent = vector
|
||||
specify tangent vectors for starting and ending points
|
||||
of the BSpline. Either none, or both must be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Full Tangent constraints :
|
||||
|
||||
Tangents = list_of_vectors, TangentFlags = list_of_bools
|
||||
Both lists must have the same length as Points list.
|
||||
Tangents specifies the tangent vector of each point in Points list.
|
||||
TangentFlags (bool) activates or deactivates the corresponding tangent.
|
||||
These arguments will be ignored if EndPoint Tangents (above) are also defined.
|
||||
|
||||
Note : Continuity of the spline defaults to C2. However, if periodic, or tangents
|
||||
are supplied, the continuity will drop to C1.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds a B-Spline by a list of poles.
|
||||
arguments: poles (sequence of Base.Vector), [periodic (default is False), degree (default is 3), interpolate (default is False)]
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
from FreeCAD import Base
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
V = Base.Vector
|
||||
poles = [V(-2, 2, 0),V(0, 2, 1),V(2, 2, 0),V(2, -2, 0),V(0, -2, 1),V(-2, -2, 0)]
|
||||
|
||||
# non-periodic spline
|
||||
n=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
n.buildFromPoles(poles)
|
||||
Part.show(n.toShape())
|
||||
|
||||
# periodic spline
|
||||
n=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
n.buildFromPoles(poles, True)
|
||||
Part.show(n.toShape())
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromPolesMultsKnots" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds a B-Spline by a lists of Poles, Mults, Knots.
|
||||
arguments: poles (sequence of Base.Vector), [mults , knots, periodic, degree, weights (sequence of float), CheckRational]
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
from FreeCAD import Base
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
V=Base.Vector
|
||||
poles=[V(-10,-10),V(10,-10),V(10,10),V(-10,10)]
|
||||
|
||||
# non-periodic spline
|
||||
n=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
n.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(3,1,3),(0,0.5,1),False,2)
|
||||
Part.show(n.toShape())
|
||||
|
||||
# periodic spline
|
||||
p=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
p.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(1,1,1,1,1),(0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1),True,2)
|
||||
Part.show(p.toShape())
|
||||
|
||||
# periodic and rational spline
|
||||
r=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
r.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(1,1,1,1,1),(0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1),True,2,(1,0.8,0.7,0.2))
|
||||
Part.show(r.toShape())
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBezier" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a list of Bezier splines.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBiArcs" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a list of arcs and lines to approximate the B-spline.
|
||||
toBiArcs(tolerance) -> list.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="join">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a new spline by joining this and a second spline.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeC1Continuous">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>makeC1Continuous(tol = 1e-6, ang_tol = 1e-7)
|
||||
Reduces as far as possible the multiplicities of the knots of this BSpline
|
||||
(keeping the geometry). It returns a new BSpline, which could still be C0.
|
||||
tol is a geometrical tolerance.
|
||||
The tol_ang is angular tolerance, in radians. It sets tolerable angle mismatch
|
||||
of the tangents on the left and on the right to decide if the curve is G1 or
|
||||
not at a given point.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="scaleKnotsToBounds">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Scales the knots list to fit the specified bounds.
|
||||
The shape of the curve is not modified.
|
||||
bspline_curve.scaleKnotsToBounds(u0, u1)
|
||||
Default arguments are (0.0, 1.0)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,743 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
Name="BSplineSurfacePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BSplineSurface"
|
||||
Twin="GeomBSplineSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomBSplineSurface"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a B-Spline surface in 3D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="UDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the degree of this B-Spline surface in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="UDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="VDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the degree of this B-Spline surface in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="VDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any
|
||||
B-Spline surface surface in either parametric directions.
|
||||
This value is 25.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbUPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the number of poles of this B-Spline surface in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbUPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbVPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the number of poles of this B-Spline surface in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbVPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbUKnots" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the number of knots of this B-Spline surface in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbUKnots" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbVKnots" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the number of knots of this B-Spline surface in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbVKnots" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the index in the knot array associated with the u parametric direction,
|
||||
which corresponds to the first parameter of this B-Spline surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
The isoparametric curves corresponding to these values are the boundary curves of
|
||||
this surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The index does not correspond to the first knot of the surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction unless the multiplicity of the first knot is equal to Degree + 1,
|
||||
where Degree is the degree of this surface in the corresponding parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstUKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the index in the knot array associated with the u parametric direction,
|
||||
which corresponds to the last parameter of this B-Spline surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
The isoparametric curves corresponding to these values are the boundary curves of
|
||||
this surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The index does not correspond to the first knot of the surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction unless the multiplicity of the last knot is equal to Degree + 1,
|
||||
where Degree is the degree of this surface in the corresponding parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastUKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstVKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the index in the knot array associated with the v parametric direction,
|
||||
which corresponds to the first parameter of this B-Spline surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
The isoparametric curves corresponding to these values are the boundary curves of
|
||||
this surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The index does not correspond to the first knot of the surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction unless the multiplicity of the first knot is equal to Degree + 1,
|
||||
where Degree is the degree of this surface in the corresponding parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstVKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastVKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the index in the knot array associated with the v parametric direction,
|
||||
which corresponds to the last parameter of this B-Spline surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
The isoparametric curves corresponding to these values are the boundary curves of
|
||||
this surface.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The index does not correspond to the first knot of the surface in the specified
|
||||
parametric direction unless the multiplicity of the last knot is equal to Degree + 1,
|
||||
where Degree is the degree of this surface in the corresponding parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastVKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="UKnotSequence" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the knots sequence of this B-Spline surface in
|
||||
the u direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="UKnotSequence" Type="List"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="VKnotSequence" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the knots sequence of this B-Spline surface in
|
||||
the v direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="VKnotSequence" Type="List"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="bounds" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the parametric bounds (U1, U2, V1, V2) of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isURational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns false if the equation of this B-Spline surface is polynomial
|
||||
(e.g. non-rational) in the u or v parametric direction.
|
||||
In other words, returns false if for each row of poles, the associated
|
||||
weights are identical
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVRational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns false if the equation of this B-Spline surface is polynomial
|
||||
(e.g. non-rational) in the u or v parametric direction.
|
||||
In other words, returns false if for each column of poles, the associated
|
||||
weights are identical
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this surface is periodic in the u parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this surface is periodic in the v parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Checks if this surface is closed in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
Returns true if, in the table of poles the first row and the last
|
||||
row are identical.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Checks if this surface is closed in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
Returns true if, in the table of poles the first column and the
|
||||
last column are identical.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseDegree">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
increase(Int=UDegree, int=VDegree)
|
||||
Increases the degrees of this B-Spline surface to UDegree and VDegree
|
||||
in the u and v parametric directions respectively.
|
||||
As a result, the tables of poles, weights and multiplicities are modified.
|
||||
The tables of knots is not changed.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Nothing is done if the given degree is less than or equal to the
|
||||
current degree in the corresponding parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseUMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increases the multiplicity in the u direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseVMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increases the multiplicity in the v direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="incrementUMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increment the multiplicity in the u direction</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="incrementVMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increment the multiplicity in the v direction</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertUKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertUKnote(float U, int Index, float Tolerance) - Insert or override a knot</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertUKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertUKnote(List of float U, List of float Mult, float Tolerance) - Inserts knots.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertVKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertUKnote(float V, int Index, float Tolerance) - Insert or override a knot.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertVKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertUKnote(List of float V, List of float Mult, float Tolerance) - Inserts knots.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeUKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Reduces to M the multiplicity of the knot of index Index in the given
|
||||
parametric direction. If M is 0, the knot is removed.
|
||||
With a modification of this type, the table of poles is also modified.
|
||||
Two different algorithms are used systematically to compute the new
|
||||
poles of the surface. For each pole, the distance between the pole
|
||||
calculated using the first algorithm and the same pole calculated using
|
||||
the second algorithm, is checked. If this distance is less than Tolerance
|
||||
it ensures that the surface is not modified by more than Tolerance.
|
||||
Under these conditions, the function returns true; otherwise, it returns
|
||||
false.
|
||||
|
||||
A low tolerance prevents modification of the surface. A high tolerance
|
||||
'smoothes' the surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeVKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Reduces to M the multiplicity of the knot of index Index in the given
|
||||
parametric direction. If M is 0, the knot is removed.
|
||||
With a modification of this type, the table of poles is also modified.
|
||||
Two different algorithms are used systematically to compute the new
|
||||
poles of the surface. For each pole, the distance between the pole
|
||||
calculated using the first algorithm and the same pole calculated using
|
||||
the second algorithm, is checked. If this distance is less than Tolerance
|
||||
it ensures that the surface is not modified by more than Tolerance.
|
||||
Under these conditions, the function returns true; otherwise, it returns
|
||||
false.
|
||||
|
||||
A low tolerance prevents modification of the surface. A high tolerance
|
||||
'smoothes' the surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by segmenting it between U1 and U2 in the
|
||||
u parametric direction and between V1 and V2 in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
Any of these values can be outside the bounds of this surface, but U2 must
|
||||
be greater than U1 and V2 must be greater than V1.
|
||||
|
||||
All the data structure tables of this B-Spline surface are modified but the
|
||||
knots located between U1 and U2 in the u parametric direction, and between
|
||||
V1 and V2 in the v parametric direction are retained.
|
||||
The degree of the surface in each parametric direction is not modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setUKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning the value K to the knot of index
|
||||
UIndex of the knots table corresponding to the u parametric direction.
|
||||
This modification remains relatively local, since K must lie between the values
|
||||
of the knots which frame the modified knot.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also increase the multiplicity of the modified knot to M. Note however
|
||||
that it is not possible to decrease the multiplicity of a knot with this function.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning the value K to the knot of index
|
||||
VIndex of the knots table corresponding to the v parametric direction.
|
||||
This modification remains relatively local, since K must lie between the values
|
||||
of the knots which frame the modified knot.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also increase the multiplicity of the modified knot to M. Note however
|
||||
that it is not possible to decrease the multiplicity of a knot with this function.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getUKnot" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, in the u parametric direction
|
||||
the knot of index UIndex of the knots table.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getVKnot" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, in the v parametric direction
|
||||
the knot of index VIndex of the knots table.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setUKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Changes all knots of this B-Spline surface in the u parametric
|
||||
direction. The multiplicity of the knots is not modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Changes all knots of this B-Spline surface in the v parametric
|
||||
direction. The multiplicity of the knots is not modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getUKnots" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the knots table
|
||||
in the u parametric direction
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getVKnots" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the knots table
|
||||
in the v parametric direction
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning P to the pole of
|
||||
index (UIndex, VIndex) in the poles table.
|
||||
The second syntax allows you also to change the weight of the
|
||||
modified pole. The weight is set to Weight. This syntax must
|
||||
only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline curve by assigning P to the pole of
|
||||
index Index in the poles table.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoleCol">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning values to all or part
|
||||
of the column of poles of index VIndex, of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
You can also change the weights of the modified poles. The weights
|
||||
are set to the corresponding values of CPoleWeights.
|
||||
These syntaxes must only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoleRow">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning values to all or part
|
||||
of the row of poles of index UIndex, of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
You can also change the weights of the modified poles. The weights
|
||||
are set to the corresponding values of CPoleWeights.
|
||||
These syntaxes must only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the pole of index (UIndex,VIndex) of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the table of poles of this B-Spline surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning the value Weight to the weight
|
||||
of the pole of index (UIndex, VIndex) in the poles tables of this B-Spline
|
||||
surface.
|
||||
|
||||
This function must only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeightCol">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning values to all or part of the
|
||||
weights of the column of poles of index VIndex of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
|
||||
The modified part of the column of weights is defined by the bounds
|
||||
of the array CPoleWeights.
|
||||
|
||||
This function must only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeightRow">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline surface by assigning values to all or part of the
|
||||
weights of the row of poles of index UIndex of this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
|
||||
The modified part of the row of weights is defined by the bounds of the
|
||||
array CPoleWeights.
|
||||
|
||||
This function must only be used for rational surfaces.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Return the weight of the pole of index (UIndex,VIndex)
|
||||
in the poles table for this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the table of weights of the poles for this B-Spline surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPolesAndWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the table of poles and weights in homogeneous coordinates.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Computes two tolerance values for this B-Spline surface, based on the
|
||||
given tolerance in 3D space Tolerance3D. The tolerances computed are:
|
||||
-- UTolerance in the u parametric direction and
|
||||
-- VTolerance in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
If f(u,v) is the equation of this B-Spline surface, UTolerance and
|
||||
VTolerance guarantee that:
|
||||
|u1 - u0| < UTolerance
|
||||
|v1 - v0| < VTolerance
|
||||
====> ||f(u1, v1) - f(u2, v2)|| < Tolerance3D
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="movePoint">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Moves the point of parameters (U, V) of this B-Spline surface to P.
|
||||
UIndex1, UIndex2, VIndex1 and VIndex2 are the indexes in the poles
|
||||
table of this B-Spline surface, of the first and last poles which
|
||||
can be moved in each parametric direction.
|
||||
The returned indexes UFirstIndex, ULastIndex, VFirstIndex and
|
||||
VLastIndex are the indexes of the first and last poles effectively
|
||||
modified in each parametric direction.
|
||||
In the event of incompatibility between UIndex1, UIndex2, VIndex1,
|
||||
VIndex2 and the values U and V:
|
||||
-- no change is made to this B-Spline surface, and
|
||||
-- UFirstIndex, ULastIndex, VFirstIndex and VLastIndex are set to
|
||||
null.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setUNotPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Changes this B-Spline surface into a non-periodic one in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
If this B-Spline surface is already non-periodic in the given parametric direction,
|
||||
it is not modified.
|
||||
If this B-Spline surface is periodic in the given parametric direction, the boundaries
|
||||
of the surface are not given by the first and last rows (or columns) of poles (because
|
||||
the multiplicity of the first knot and of the last knot in the given parametric direction
|
||||
are not modified, nor are they equal to Degree+1, where Degree is the degree of this
|
||||
B-Spline surface in the given parametric direction). Only the function Segment ensures
|
||||
this property.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the poles and knots tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVNotPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Changes this B-Spline surface into a non-periodic one in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
If this B-Spline surface is already non-periodic in the given parametric direction,
|
||||
it is not modified.
|
||||
If this B-Spline surface is periodic in the given parametric direction, the boundaries
|
||||
of the surface are not given by the first and last rows (or columns) of poles (because
|
||||
the multiplicity of the first knot and of the last knot in the given parametric direction
|
||||
are not modified, nor are they equal to Degree+1, where Degree is the degree of this
|
||||
B-Spline surface in the given parametric direction). Only the function Segment ensures
|
||||
this property.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the poles and knots tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setUPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this surface to be periodic in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
To become periodic in a given parametric direction a surface must
|
||||
be closed in that parametric direction, and the knot sequence relative
|
||||
to that direction must be periodic.
|
||||
To generate this periodic sequence of knots, the functions FirstUKnotIndex
|
||||
and LastUKnotIndex are used to compute I1 and I2. These are the indexes,
|
||||
in the knot array associated with the given parametric direction, of the
|
||||
knots that correspond to the first and last parameters of this B-Spline
|
||||
surface in the given parametric direction. Hence the period is:
|
||||
|
||||
Knots(I1) - Knots(I2)
|
||||
|
||||
As a result, the knots and poles tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Modifies this surface to be periodic in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
To become periodic in a given parametric direction a surface must
|
||||
be closed in that parametric direction, and the knot sequence relative
|
||||
to that direction must be periodic.
|
||||
To generate this periodic sequence of knots, the functions FirstUKnotIndex
|
||||
and LastUKnotIndex are used to compute I1 and I2. These are the indexes,
|
||||
in the knot array associated with the given parametric direction, of the
|
||||
knots that correspond to the first and last parameters of this B-Spline
|
||||
surface in the given parametric direction. Hence the period is:
|
||||
|
||||
Knots(I1) - Knots(I2)
|
||||
|
||||
As a result, the knots and poles tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setUOrigin">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Assigns the knot of index Index in the knots table
|
||||
in the u parametric direction to be the origin of
|
||||
this periodic B-Spline surface. As a consequence,
|
||||
the knots and poles tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVOrigin">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Assigns the knot of index Index in the knots table
|
||||
in the v parametric direction to be the origin of
|
||||
this periodic B-Spline surface. As a consequence,
|
||||
the knots and poles tables are modified.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getUMultiplicity" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the multiplicity of
|
||||
the knot of index UIndex in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getVMultiplicity" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the multiplicity of
|
||||
the knot of index VIndex in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getUMultiplicities" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the table of
|
||||
multiplicities in the u parametric direction
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getVMultiplicities" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns, for this B-Spline surface, the table of
|
||||
multiplicities in the v parametric direction
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="exchangeUV">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Exchanges the u and v parametric directions on this B-Spline surface.
|
||||
As a consequence:
|
||||
-- the poles and weights tables are transposed,
|
||||
-- the knots and multiplicities tables are exchanged,
|
||||
-- degrees of continuity and rational, periodic and uniform
|
||||
characteristics are exchanged and
|
||||
-- the orientation of the surface is reversed.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="reparametrize" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a reparametrized copy of this surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="approximate" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Replaces this B-Spline surface by approximating a set of points.
|
||||
This method uses keywords :
|
||||
- Points = 2Darray of points (or floats, in combination with X0, dX, Y0, dY)
|
||||
- DegMin (int), DegMax (int)
|
||||
- Continuity = 0,1 or 2 (for C0, C1, C2)
|
||||
- Tolerance (float)
|
||||
- X0, dX, Y0, dY (floats) with Points = 2Darray of floats
|
||||
- ParamType = 'Uniform','Centripetal' or 'ChordLength'
|
||||
- LengthWeight, CurvatureWeight, TorsionWeight (floats)
|
||||
(with this smoothing algorithm, continuity C1 requires DegMax >= 3 and C2, DegMax >=5)
|
||||
|
||||
Possible combinations :
|
||||
- approximate(Points, DegMin, DegMax, Continuity, Tolerance)
|
||||
- approximate(Points, DegMin, DegMax, Continuity, Tolerance, X0, dX, Y0, dY)
|
||||
With explicit keywords :
|
||||
- approximate(Points, DegMin, DegMax, Continuity, Tolerance, ParamType)
|
||||
- approximate(Points, DegMax, Continuity, Tolerance, LengthWeight, CurvatureWeight, TorsionWeight)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="interpolate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
interpolate(points)
|
||||
interpolate(zpoints, X0, dX, Y0, dY)
|
||||
|
||||
Replaces this B-Spline surface by interpolating a set of points.
|
||||
The resulting surface is of degree 3 and continuity C2.
|
||||
Arguments:
|
||||
a 2 dimensional array of vectors, that the surface passes through
|
||||
or
|
||||
a 2 dimensional array of floats with the z values,
|
||||
the x starting point X0 (float),
|
||||
the x increment dX (float),
|
||||
the y starting point Y0 and increment dY
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromPolesMultsKnots" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Builds a B-Spline by a lists of Poles, Mults and Knots
|
||||
arguments: poles (sequence of sequence of Base.Vector), umults, vmults, [uknots, vknots, uperiodic, vperiodic, udegree, vdegree, weights (sequence of sequence of float)]
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromNSections">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Builds a B-Spline from a list of control curves
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="scaleKnotsToBounds">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Scales the U and V knots lists to fit the specified bounds.
|
||||
The shape of the surface is not modified.
|
||||
bspline_surf.scaleKnotsToBounds(u0, u1, v0, v1)
|
||||
Default arguments are 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BezierCurvePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomBezierCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomBezierCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BezierCurve"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/BoundedCurvePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="BoundedCurvePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a rational or non-rational Bezier curve:
|
||||
-- a non-rational Bezier curve is defined by a table of poles (also called control points)
|
||||
-- a rational Bezier curve is defined by a table of poles with varying weights
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor takes no arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
Example usage:
|
||||
p1 = Base.Vector(-1, 0, 0)
|
||||
p2 = Base.Vector(0, 1, 0.2)
|
||||
p3 = Base.Vector(1, 0, 0.4)
|
||||
p4 = Base.Vector(0, -1, 1)
|
||||
|
||||
bc = BezierCurve()
|
||||
bc.setPoles([p1, p2, p3, p4])
|
||||
curveShape = bc.toShape()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Degree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree of this Bezier curve,
|
||||
which is equal to the number of poles minus 1.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Degree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any
|
||||
Bezier curve curve. This value is 25.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isRational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false if the weights of all the poles of this Bezier curve are equal.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the distance between the start point and end point of
|
||||
this Bezier curve is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increase">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increases the degree of this Bezier curve to Degree.
|
||||
As a result, the poles and weights tables are modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleAfter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts after the pole of index.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleBefore">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts before the pole of index.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removePole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Removes the pole of index Index from the table of poles of this Bezier curve.
|
||||
If this Bezier curve is rational, it can become non-rational.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Modifies this Bezier curve by segmenting it.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a pole of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a pole of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all poles of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the poles of the Bezier curve.
|
||||
|
||||
Takes a list of 3D Base.Vector objects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>(id, weight) Set a weight of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a weight of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all weights of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes for this Bezier curve the parametric tolerance (UTolerance)
|
||||
for a given 3D tolerance (Tolerance3D).
|
||||
If f(t) is the equation of this Bezier curve, the parametric tolerance
|
||||
ensures that:
|
||||
|t1-t0| < UTolerance =""==> |f(t1)-f(t0)| < Tolerance3D</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="interpolate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Interpolates a list of constraints.
|
||||
Each constraint is a list of a point and some optional derivatives
|
||||
An optional list of parameters can be passed. It must be of same size as constraint list.
|
||||
Otherwise, a simple uniform parametrization is used.
|
||||
Example :
|
||||
bezier.interpolate([[pt1, deriv11, deriv12], [pt2,], [pt3, deriv31]], [0, 0.4, 1.0])</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BezierSurfacePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomBezierSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomBezierSurface"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BezierSurface"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a rational or non-rational Bezier surface
|
||||
-- A non-rational Bezier surface is defined by a table of poles (also known as control points).
|
||||
-- A rational Bezier surface is defined by a table of poles with varying associated weights.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="UDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree in u direction of this Bezier surface,
|
||||
which is equal to the number of poles minus 1.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="UDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="VDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree in v direction of this Bezier surface,
|
||||
which is equal to the number of poles minus 1.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="VDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any
|
||||
Bezier surface. This value is 25.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbUPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles in u direction of this Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbUPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbVPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles in v direction of this Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbVPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="bounds" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parametric bounds (U1, U2, V1, V2) of this Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isURational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false if the equation of this Bezier surface is polynomial
|
||||
(e.g. non-rational) in the u or v parametric direction.
|
||||
In other words, returns false if for each row of poles, the associated
|
||||
weights are identical.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVRational" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false if the equation of this Bezier surface is polynomial
|
||||
(e.g. non-rational) in the u or v parametric direction.
|
||||
In other words, returns false if for each column of poles, the associated
|
||||
weights are identical.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks if this surface is closed in the u parametric direction.
|
||||
Returns true if, in the table of poles the first row and the last
|
||||
row are identical.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks if this surface is closed in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
Returns true if, in the table of poles the first column and the
|
||||
last column are identical.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increase">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increase(DegreeU: int, DegreeV: int)
|
||||
Increases the degree of this Bezier surface in the two
|
||||
parametric directions.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleColAfter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts into the table of poles of this surface, after the column
|
||||
of poles of index.
|
||||
If this Bezier surface is non-rational, it can become rational if
|
||||
the weights associated with the new poles are different from each
|
||||
other, or collectively different from the existing weights in the
|
||||
table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleRowAfter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts into the table of poles of this surface, after the row
|
||||
of poles of index.
|
||||
If this Bezier surface is non-rational, it can become rational if
|
||||
the weights associated with the new poles are different from each
|
||||
other, or collectively different from the existing weights in the
|
||||
table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleColBefore">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts into the table of poles of this surface, before the column
|
||||
of poles of index.
|
||||
If this Bezier surface is non-rational, it can become rational if
|
||||
the weights associated with the new poles are different from each
|
||||
other, or collectively different from the existing weights in the
|
||||
table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleRowBefore">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts into the table of poles of this surface, before the row
|
||||
of poles of index.
|
||||
If this Bezier surface is non-rational, it can become rational if
|
||||
the weights associated with the new poles are different from each
|
||||
other, or collectively different from the existing weights in the
|
||||
table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removePoleCol">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>removePoleRow(VIndex: int)
|
||||
Removes the column of poles of index VIndex from the table of
|
||||
poles of this Bezier surface.
|
||||
If this Bezier curve is rational, it can become non-rational.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removePoleRow">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>removePoleRow(UIndex: int)
|
||||
Removes the row of poles of index UIndex from the table of
|
||||
poles of this Bezier surface.
|
||||
If this Bezier curve is rational, it can become non-rational.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>segment(U1: double, U2: double, V1: double, V2: double)
|
||||
Modifies this Bezier surface by segmenting it between U1 and U2
|
||||
in the u parametric direction, and between V1 and V2 in the v
|
||||
parametric direction.
|
||||
U1, U2, V1, and V2 can be outside the bounds of this surface.
|
||||
|
||||
-- U1 and U2 isoparametric Bezier curves, segmented between
|
||||
V1 and V2, become the two bounds of the surface in the v
|
||||
parametric direction (0. and 1. u isoparametric curves).
|
||||
-- V1 and V2 isoparametric Bezier curves, segmented between
|
||||
U1 and U2, become the two bounds of the surface in the u
|
||||
parametric direction (0. and 1. v isoparametric curves).
|
||||
|
||||
The poles and weights tables are modified, but the degree of
|
||||
this surface in the u and v parametric directions does not
|
||||
change.U1 can be greater than U2, and V1 can be greater than V2.
|
||||
In these cases, the corresponding parametric direction is inverted.
|
||||
The orientation of the surface is inverted if one (and only one)
|
||||
parametric direction is inverted.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a pole of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoleCol">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the column of poles of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoleRow">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the row of poles of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a pole of index (UIndex, VIndex) of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all poles of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the weight of pole of the index (UIndex, VIndex)
|
||||
for the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeightCol">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the weights of the poles in the column of poles
|
||||
of index VIndex of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeightRow">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the weights of the poles in the row of poles
|
||||
of index UIndex of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a weight of the pole of index (UIndex, VIndex)
|
||||
of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all weights of the Bezier surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes two tolerance values for this Bezier surface, based on the
|
||||
given tolerance in 3D space Tolerance3D. The tolerances computed are:
|
||||
-- UTolerance in the u parametric direction and
|
||||
-- VTolerance in the v parametric direction.
|
||||
|
||||
If f(u,v) is the equation of this Bezier surface, UTolerance and VTolerance
|
||||
guarantee that:
|
||||
|u1 - u0| < UTolerance
|
||||
|v1 - v0| < VTolerance
|
||||
====> ||f(u1, v1) - f(u2, v2)|| < Tolerance3D</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="exchangeUV">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Exchanges the u and v parametric directions on this Bezier surface.
|
||||
As a consequence:
|
||||
-- the poles and weights tables are transposed,
|
||||
-- degrees, rational characteristics and so on are exchanged between
|
||||
the two parametric directions, and
|
||||
-- the orientation of the surface is reversed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PartFeaturePy"
|
||||
Name="BodyBasePy"
|
||||
Twin="BodyBase"
|
||||
TwinPointer="BodyBase"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/BodyBase.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/PartFeaturePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="FreeCAD@juergen-riegel.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Base class of all Body objects</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BoundedCurvePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomBoundedCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomBoundedCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.BoundedCurve"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryCurvePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometryCurvePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class BoundedCurve is the root class of all bounded curve objects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the starting point of the bounded curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of the bounded curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -36,115 +36,60 @@ if(FREETYPE_FOUND)
|
||||
)
|
||||
endif(FREETYPE_FOUND)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Arc)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcOfConicPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ArcOfConic)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcOfCirclePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ArcOfCircle)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcOfParabolaPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ArcOfParabola)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BodyBasePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BodyBase)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ConicPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Conic)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(CirclePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Circle)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcOfEllipsePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ArcOfEllipse)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(EllipsePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Ellipse)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(HyperbolaPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Hyperbola)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ArcOfHyperbolaPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ArcOfHyperbola)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ParabolaPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Parabola)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(OffsetCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(OffsetCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geometry)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryIntExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryIntExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryStringExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryStringExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryBoolExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryBoolExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryDoubleExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryDoubleExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometryCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometryCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BoundedCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BoundedCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TrimmedCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TrimmedCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeometrySurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeometrySurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(LinePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Line)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(LineSegmentPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(LineSegment)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(PointPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Point)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BezierCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BezierCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BSplineCurvePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BSplineCurve)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(PlanePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Plane)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ConePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Cone)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(CylinderPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Cylinder)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(SpherePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Sphere)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ToroidPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Toroid)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BezierSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BezierSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BSplineSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BSplineSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(OffsetSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(OffsetSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(PlateSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(PlateSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(RectangularTrimmedSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(RectangularTrimmedSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(SurfaceOfExtrusionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(SurfaceOfExtrusion)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(SurfaceOfRevolutionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(SurfaceOfRevolution)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(PartFeaturePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(PartFeature)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(AttachExtensionPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(AttachExtension)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Part2DObjectPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Part2DObject)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(AttachEnginePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(AttachEngine)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShape)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeCompoundPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeCompound)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeCompSolidPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeCompSolid)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeEdgePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeEdge)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeFacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeFace)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeShellPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeShell)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeSolidPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeSolid)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeVertexPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeVertex)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(TopoShapeWirePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(TopoShapeWire)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShellPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFillingPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -157,105 +102,58 @@ file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/HLRBRep)
|
||||
file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/ShapeFix)
|
||||
file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/ShapeUpgrade)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(BRepFeat/MakePrismPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(BRepFeat/MakePrism)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgoPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgo)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAlgoPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAlgo)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_ChamferAPIPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_ChamferAPI)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAPIPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAPI)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/ArcOfCircle2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/ArcOfCircle2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/ArcOfConic2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/ArcOfEllipse2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/ArcOfEllipse2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/ArcOfHyperbola2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/ArcOfHyperbola2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/ArcOfParabola2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/ArcOfParabola2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/BezierCurve2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/BezierCurve2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/BSplineCurve2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/BSplineCurve2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Circle2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Circle2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Conic2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Conic2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Ellipse2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Ellipse2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Geometry2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Geometry2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Hyperbola2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Hyperbola2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Curve2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Curve2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Line2dSegmentPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Line2dSegment)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Line2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Line2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/OffsetCurve2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/OffsetCurve2d)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(Geom2d/Parabola2dPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(Geom2d/Parabola2d)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeomPlate/BuildPlateSurfacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeomPlate/BuildPlateSurface)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeomPlate/CurveConstraintPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeomPlate/CurveConstraint)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(GeomPlate/PointConstraintPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(GeomPlate/PointConstraint)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(HLRBRep/HLRBRep_AlgoPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(HLRBRep/HLRBRep_Algo)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(HLRBRep/HLRToShapePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(HLRBRep/HLRToShape)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(HLRBRep/HLRBRep_PolyAlgoPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(HLRBRep/HLRBRep_PolyAlgo)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(HLRBRep/PolyHLRToShapePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(HLRBRep/PolyHLRToShape)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Root)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Edge)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Face)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Shape)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShellPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Shell)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SolidPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Solid)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WirePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Wire)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireframePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Wireframe)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireVertexPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireVertex)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgeConnectPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgeConnect)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FaceConnectPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FaceConnect)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallFacePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallFace)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallSolidPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallSolid)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FreeBoundsPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FreeBounds)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapeTolerancePy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapeTolerance)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertexPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertex)
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitToolPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitTool)
|
||||
|
||||
generate_from_xml(ShapeUpgrade/UnifySameDomainPy)
|
||||
generate_from_py(ShapeUpgrade/UnifySameDomain)
|
||||
|
||||
SET(Features_SRCS
|
||||
@@ -359,115 +257,115 @@ SET(FCBRepAlgoAPI_SRCS
|
||||
SOURCE_GROUP("FCBRepAlgoAPI-wrapper" FILES ${FCBRepAlgoAPI_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
SET(Python_SRCS
|
||||
ArcPy.xml
|
||||
Arc.pyi
|
||||
ArcPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ArcOfConicPy.xml
|
||||
ArcOfConic.pyi
|
||||
ArcOfConicPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ArcOfCirclePy.xml
|
||||
ArcOfCircle.pyi
|
||||
ArcOfCirclePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ArcOfParabolaPy.xml
|
||||
ArcOfParabola.pyi
|
||||
ArcOfParabolaPyImp.cpp
|
||||
BodyBasePy.xml
|
||||
BodyBase.pyi
|
||||
BodyBasePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ConicPy.xml
|
||||
Conic.pyi
|
||||
ConicPyImp.cpp
|
||||
CirclePy.xml
|
||||
Circle.pyi
|
||||
CirclePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ArcOfEllipsePy.xml
|
||||
ArcOfEllipse.pyi
|
||||
ArcOfEllipsePyImp.cpp
|
||||
EllipsePy.xml
|
||||
Ellipse.pyi
|
||||
EllipsePyImp.cpp
|
||||
HyperbolaPy.xml
|
||||
Hyperbola.pyi
|
||||
HyperbolaPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ArcOfHyperbolaPy.xml
|
||||
ArcOfHyperbola.pyi
|
||||
ArcOfHyperbolaPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ParabolaPy.xml
|
||||
Parabola.pyi
|
||||
ParabolaPyImp.cpp
|
||||
OffsetCurvePy.xml
|
||||
OffsetCurve.pyi
|
||||
OffsetCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryPy.xml
|
||||
Geometry.pyi
|
||||
GeometryPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
GeometryExtension.pyi
|
||||
GeometryExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryIntExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
GeometryIntExtension.pyi
|
||||
GeometryIntExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryStringExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
GeometryStringExtension.pyi
|
||||
GeometryStringExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryBoolExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
GeometryBoolExtension.pyi
|
||||
GeometryBoolExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryDoubleExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
GeometryDoubleExtension.pyi
|
||||
GeometryDoubleExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometryCurvePy.xml
|
||||
GeometryCurve.pyi
|
||||
GeometryCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
BoundedCurvePy.xml
|
||||
BoundedCurve.pyi
|
||||
BoundedCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
TrimmedCurvePy.xml
|
||||
TrimmedCurve.pyi
|
||||
TrimmedCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeometrySurfacePy.xml
|
||||
GeometrySurface.pyi
|
||||
GeometrySurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
LinePy.xml
|
||||
Line.pyi
|
||||
LinePyImp.cpp
|
||||
LineSegmentPy.xml
|
||||
LineSegment.pyi
|
||||
LineSegmentPyImp.cpp
|
||||
PointPy.xml
|
||||
Point.pyi
|
||||
PointPyImp.cpp
|
||||
BezierCurvePy.xml
|
||||
BezierCurve.pyi
|
||||
BezierCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
BSplineCurvePy.xml
|
||||
BSplineCurve.pyi
|
||||
BSplineCurvePyImp.cpp
|
||||
PlanePy.xml
|
||||
Plane.pyi
|
||||
PlanePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ConePy.xml
|
||||
Cone.pyi
|
||||
ConePyImp.cpp
|
||||
CylinderPy.xml
|
||||
Cylinder.pyi
|
||||
CylinderPyImp.cpp
|
||||
SpherePy.xml
|
||||
Sphere.pyi
|
||||
SpherePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ToroidPy.xml
|
||||
Toroid.pyi
|
||||
ToroidPyImp.cpp
|
||||
BezierSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
BezierSurface.pyi
|
||||
BezierSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
BSplineSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
BSplineSurface.pyi
|
||||
BSplineSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
OffsetSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
OffsetSurface.pyi
|
||||
OffsetSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
PlateSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
PlateSurface.pyi
|
||||
PlateSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
RectangularTrimmedSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
RectangularTrimmedSurface.pyi
|
||||
RectangularTrimmedSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
SurfaceOfExtrusionPy.xml
|
||||
SurfaceOfExtrusion.pyi
|
||||
SurfaceOfExtrusionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
SurfaceOfRevolutionPy.xml
|
||||
SurfaceOfRevolution.pyi
|
||||
SurfaceOfRevolutionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
PartFeaturePy.xml
|
||||
PartFeature.pyi
|
||||
PartFeaturePyImp.cpp
|
||||
AttachExtensionPy.xml
|
||||
AttachExtension.pyi
|
||||
AttachExtensionPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Part2DObjectPy.xml
|
||||
Part2DObject.pyi
|
||||
Part2DObjectPyImp.cpp
|
||||
AttachEnginePy.xml
|
||||
AttachEngine.pyi
|
||||
AttachEnginePyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapePy.xml
|
||||
TopoShape.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapePyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeCompSolidPy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeCompSolid.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeCompSolidPyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeCompoundPy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeCompound.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeCompoundPyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeEdgePy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeEdge.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeEdgePyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeFacePy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeFace.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeFacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeShellPy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeShell.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeShellPyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeSolidPy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeSolid.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeSolidPyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeVertexPy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeVertex.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeVertexPyImp.cpp
|
||||
TopoShapeWirePy.xml
|
||||
TopoShapeWire.pyi
|
||||
TopoShapeWirePyImp.cpp
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShellPy.xml
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShell.pyi
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakePipeShellPyImp.cpp
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFillingPy.xml
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFilling.pyi
|
||||
BRepOffsetAPI_MakeFillingPyImp.cpp
|
||||
PartPyCXX.cpp
|
||||
PartPyCXX.h
|
||||
@@ -476,59 +374,59 @@ SOURCE_GROUP("Python" FILES ${Python_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# BRepFeat wrappers
|
||||
SET(BRepFeatPy_SRCS
|
||||
BRepFeat/MakePrismPy.xml
|
||||
BRepFeat/MakePrism.pyi
|
||||
BRepFeat/MakePrismPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
SOURCE_GROUP("BRepFeat" FILES ${BRepFeatPy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# ChFi2d wrappers
|
||||
SET(ChFi2dPy_SRCS
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgoPy.xml
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgo.pyi
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgoPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAlgoPy.xml
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAlgo.pyi
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAlgoPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_ChamferAPIPy.xml
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_ChamferAPI.pyi
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_ChamferAPIPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAPIPy.xml
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAPI.pyi
|
||||
ChFi2d/ChFi2d_FilletAPIPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
SOURCE_GROUP("ChFi2d" FILES ${ChFi2dPy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# Geom2d wrappers
|
||||
SET(Geom2dPy_SRCS
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfCircle2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfCircle2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfCircle2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfConic2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfEllipse2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfEllipse2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfEllipse2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfHyperbola2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfHyperbola2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfHyperbola2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfParabola2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfParabola2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/ArcOfParabola2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/BezierCurve2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/BezierCurve2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/BezierCurve2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/BSplineCurve2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/BSplineCurve2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/BSplineCurve2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Circle2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Circle2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Circle2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Conic2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Conic2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Conic2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Ellipse2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Ellipse2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Ellipse2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Geometry2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Geometry2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Geometry2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Curve2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Curve2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Curve2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Hyperbola2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Hyperbola2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Hyperbola2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2dSegmentPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2dSegment.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Line2dSegmentPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/OffsetCurve2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/OffsetCurve2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/OffsetCurve2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
Geom2d/Parabola2dPy.xml
|
||||
Geom2d/Parabola2d.pyi
|
||||
Geom2d/Parabola2dPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -536,11 +434,11 @@ SOURCE_GROUP("Geom2d" FILES ${Geom2dPy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# GeomPlate wrappers
|
||||
SET(GeomPlatePy_SRCS
|
||||
GeomPlate/BuildPlateSurfacePy.xml
|
||||
GeomPlate/BuildPlateSurface.pyi
|
||||
GeomPlate/BuildPlateSurfacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeomPlate/CurveConstraintPy.xml
|
||||
GeomPlate/CurveConstraint.pyi
|
||||
GeomPlate/CurveConstraintPyImp.cpp
|
||||
GeomPlate/PointConstraintPy.xml
|
||||
GeomPlate/PointConstraint.pyi
|
||||
GeomPlate/PointConstraintPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -548,53 +446,53 @@ SOURCE_GROUP("GeomPlate" FILES ${GeomPlatePy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# HLRBRep wrappers
|
||||
SET(HLRBRepPy_SRCS
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_AlgoPy.xml
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_Algo.pyi
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_AlgoPyImp.cpp
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRToShapePy.xml
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRToShape.pyi
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRToShapePyImp.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_PolyAlgoPy.xml
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_PolyAlgo.pyi
|
||||
HLRBRep/HLRBRep_PolyAlgoPyImp.cpp
|
||||
HLRBRep/PolyHLRToShapePy.xml
|
||||
HLRBRep/PolyHLRToShape.pyi
|
||||
HLRBRep/PolyHLRToShapePyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
SOURCE_GROUP("HLRBRep" FILES ${HLRBRepPy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# ShapeFix wrappers
|
||||
SET(ShapeFixPy_SRCS
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Root.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Edge.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FacePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Face.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Shape.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShellPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Shell.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShellPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SolidPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Solid.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SolidPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WirePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Wire.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WirePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireframePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_Wireframe.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireframePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireVertexPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireVertex.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_WireVertexPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgeConnectPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgeConnect.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_EdgeConnectPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FaceConnectPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FaceConnect.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FaceConnectPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallFacePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallFace.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallFacePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallSolidPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallSolid.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FixSmallSolidPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FreeBoundsPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FreeBounds.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_FreeBoundsPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapeTolerancePy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapeTolerance.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_ShapeTolerancePyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertexPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertex.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertexPyImp.cpp
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitToolPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitTool.pyi
|
||||
ShapeFix/ShapeFix_SplitToolPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -602,7 +500,7 @@ SOURCE_GROUP("ShapeFix" FILES ${ShapeFixPy_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
# ShapeUpgrade wrappers
|
||||
SET(ShapeUpgradePy_SRCS
|
||||
ShapeUpgrade/UnifySameDomainPy.xml
|
||||
ShapeUpgrade/UnifySameDomain.pyi
|
||||
ShapeUpgrade/UnifySameDomainPyImp.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgoPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ChFi2d.AnaFilletAlgo"
|
||||
Twin="ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgo"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgo"
|
||||
Include="ChFi2d_AnaFilletAlgo.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>An analytical algorithm for calculation of the fillets.
|
||||
It is implemented for segments and arcs of circle only.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes a fillet algorithm: accepts a wire consisting of two edges in a plane</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>perform(radius) -> bool
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a fillet edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="result">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>result()
|
||||
|
||||
Returns result (fillet edge, modified edge1, modified edge2)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ChFi2d_ChamferAPIPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ChFi2d.ChamferAPI"
|
||||
Twin="ChFi2d_ChamferAPI"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ChFi2d_ChamferAPI"
|
||||
Include="ChFi2d_ChamferAPI.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Algorithm that creates a chamfer between two linear edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes a chamfer algorithm: accepts a wire consisting of two edges in a plane</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>perform(radius) -> bool
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a chamfer edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="result">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>result(point, solution=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
Returns result (chamfer edge, modified edge1, modified edge2)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ChFi2d_FilletAPIPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ChFi2d.FilletAPI"
|
||||
Twin="ChFi2d_FilletAPI"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ChFi2d_FilletAPI"
|
||||
Include="ChFi2d_FilletAPI.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Algorithm that creates fillet edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes a fillet algorithm: accepts a wire consisting of two edges in a plane</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>perform(radius) -> bool
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a fillet edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="numberOfResults">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns number of possible solutions</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="result">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>result(point, solution=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
Returns result (fillet edge, modified edge1, modified edge2)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ChFi2d_FilletAlgoPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ChFi2d.FilletAlgo"
|
||||
Twin="ChFi2d_FilletAlgo"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ChFi2d_FilletAlgo"
|
||||
Include="ChFi2d_FilletAlgo.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Algorithm that creates fillet edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes a fillet algorithm: accepts a wire consisting of two edges in a plane</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>perform(radius) -> bool
|
||||
|
||||
Constructs a fillet edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="numberOfResults">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns number of possible solutions</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="result">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>result(point, solution=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
Returns result (fillet edge, modified edge1, modified edge2)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ConicPy"
|
||||
Name="CirclePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Circle"
|
||||
Twin="GeomCircle"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomCircle"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ConicPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a circle in 3D space
|
||||
To create a circle there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Circle()
|
||||
Creates a default circle with center (0,0,0) and radius 1
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Circle(Circle)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given circle
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Circle(Circle, Distance)
|
||||
Creates a circle parallel to given circle at a certain distance
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Circle(Center,Normal,Radius)
|
||||
Creates a circle defined by center, normal direction and radius
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Circle(Point1,Point2,Point3)
|
||||
Creates a circle defined by three non-linear points
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="ConePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomCone"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomCone"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Cone"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a cone in 3D space
|
||||
|
||||
To create a cone there are several ways:
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cone()
|
||||
Creates a default cone with radius 1
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cone(Cone)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given cone
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cone(Cone, Distance)
|
||||
Creates a cone parallel to given cone at a certain distance
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cone(Point1,Point2,Radius1,Radius2)
|
||||
Creates a cone defined by two points and two radii
|
||||
The axis of the cone is the line passing through
|
||||
Point1 and Poin2.
|
||||
Radius1 is the radius of the section passing through
|
||||
Point1 and Radius2 the radius of the section passing
|
||||
through Point2.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cone(Point1,Point2,Point3,Point4)
|
||||
Creates a cone passing through three points Point1,
|
||||
Point2 and Point3.
|
||||
Its axis is defined by Point1 and Point2 and the radius of
|
||||
its base is the distance between Point3 and its axis.
|
||||
The distance between Point and the axis is the radius of
|
||||
the section passing through Point4.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Apex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the apex of the cone.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Apex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the cone.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="SemiAngle" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The semi-angle of the cone.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="SemiAngle" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Center" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Center of the cone.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Center" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The axis direction of the cone</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="ConicPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Conic"
|
||||
Twin="GeomConic"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomConic"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an abstract conic in 3d space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Location of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Center" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Deprecated -- use Location.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Center" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Eccentricity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the eccentricity value of the conic e.
|
||||
e = 0 for a circle
|
||||
0 < e < 1 for an ellipse (e = 0 if MajorRadius = MinorRadius)
|
||||
e > 1 for a hyperbola
|
||||
e = 1 for a parabola
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Eccentricity" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="AngleXU" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The angle between the X axis and the major axis of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="AngleXU" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="XAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The X axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="XAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="YAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The Y axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="YAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="CylinderPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomCylinder"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomCylinder"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Cylinder"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a cylinder in 3D space
|
||||
|
||||
To create a cylinder there are several ways:
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cylinder()
|
||||
Creates a default cylinder with center (0,0,0) and radius 1
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cylinder(Cylinder)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given cylinder
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cylinder(Cylinder, Distance)
|
||||
Creates a cylinder parallel to given cylinder at a certain distance
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cylinder(Point1, Point2, Point2)
|
||||
Creates a cylinder defined by three non-linear points
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Cylinder(Circle)
|
||||
Creates a cylinder by a circular base</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the cylinder.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Center" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Center of the cylinder.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Center" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The axis direction of the cylinder</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="EllipsePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomEllipse"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomEllipse"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Ellipse"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ConicPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="ConicPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an ellipse in 3D space
|
||||
|
||||
To create an ellipse there are several ways:
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Ellipse()
|
||||
Creates an ellipse with major radius 2 and minor radius 1 with the
|
||||
center in (0,0,0)
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Ellipse(Ellipse)
|
||||
Create a copy of the given ellipse
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Ellipse(S1,S2,Center)
|
||||
Creates an ellipse centered on the point Center, where
|
||||
the plane of the ellipse is defined by Center, S1 and S2,
|
||||
its major axis is defined by Center and S1,
|
||||
its major radius is the distance between Center and S1, and
|
||||
its minor radius is the distance between S2 and the major axis.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Ellipse(Center,MajorRadius,MinorRadius)
|
||||
Creates an ellipse with major and minor radii MajorRadius and
|
||||
MinorRadius, and located in the plane defined by Center and
|
||||
the normal (0,0,1)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus1" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The first focus is on the positive side of the major axis of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus1" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus2" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The second focus is on the negative side of the major axis of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus2" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConic2dPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfCircle2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.ArcOfCircle2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dArcOfCircle"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dArcOfCircle"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Circle" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal circle representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Circle" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfConic2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.ArcOfConic2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dArcOfConic"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dArcOfConic"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an abstract arc of conic in 2d space.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Location of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Eccentricity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
returns the eccentricity value of the conic e.
|
||||
e = 0 for a circle
|
||||
0 < e < 1 for an ellipse (e = 0 if MajorRadius = MinorRadius)
|
||||
e > 1 for a hyperbola
|
||||
e = 1 for a parabola
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Eccentricity" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="XAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The X axis direction of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="XAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="YAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The Y axis direction of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="YAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConic2dPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfEllipse2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.ArcOfEllipse2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dArcOfEllipse"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dArcOfEllipse"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of an ellipse</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Ellipse" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal ellipse representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Ellipse" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConic2dPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfHyperbola2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.ArcOfHyperbola2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dArcOfHyperbola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dArcOfHyperbola"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of an hyperbola</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Hyperbola" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal hyperbola representation</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Hyperbola" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ArcOfConic2dPy"
|
||||
Name="ArcOfParabola2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.ArcOfParabola2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dArcOfParabola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dArcOfParabola"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/ArcOfConic2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal length of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Parabola" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The internal parabola representation.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Parabola" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,410 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BSplineCurve2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dBSplineCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dBSplineCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.BSplineCurve2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a B-Spline curve in 3D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Degree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Degree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any
|
||||
B-Spline curve curve. This value is 25.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbKnots" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of knots of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the index in the knot array of the knot
|
||||
corresponding to the first or last parameter
|
||||
of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstUKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastUKnotIndex" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the index in the knot array of the knot
|
||||
corresponding to the first or last parameter
|
||||
of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastUKnotIndex" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="KnotSequence" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the knots sequence of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="KnotSequence" Type="List"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isRational">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this B-Spline curve is rational.
|
||||
A B-Spline curve is rational if, at the time of construction, the weight table has been initialized.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this BSpline curve is periodic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isClosed">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the distance between the start point and end point of
|
||||
this B-Spline curve is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseDegree">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increaseDegree(Int=Degree)
|
||||
|
||||
Increases the degree of this B-Spline curve to Degree.
|
||||
As a result, the poles, weights and multiplicities tables
|
||||
are modified; the knots table is not changed. Nothing is
|
||||
done if Degree is less than or equal to the current degree.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increaseMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increaseMultiplicity(int index, int mult)
|
||||
increaseMultiplicity(int start, int end, int mult)
|
||||
Increases multiplicity of knots up to mult.
|
||||
|
||||
index: the index of a knot to modify (1-based)
|
||||
start, end: index range of knots to modify.
|
||||
If mult is lower or equal to the current multiplicity nothing is done.
|
||||
If mult is higher than the degree the degree is used.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="incrementMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>incrementMultiplicity(int start, int end, int mult)
|
||||
Raises multiplicity of knots by mult.
|
||||
|
||||
start, end: index range of knots to modify.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertKnot(u, mult = 1, tol = 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Inserts a knot value in the sequence of knots. If u is an existing knot the multiplicity is increased by mult.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>insertKnots(list_of_floats, list_of_ints, tol = 0.0, bool_add = True)
|
||||
|
||||
Inserts a set of knots values in the sequence of knots.
|
||||
|
||||
For each u = list_of_floats[i], mult = list_of_ints[i]
|
||||
|
||||
If u is an existing knot the multiplicity is increased by mult if bool_add is
|
||||
True, otherwise increased to mult.
|
||||
|
||||
If u is not on the parameter range nothing is done.
|
||||
|
||||
If the multiplicity is negative or null nothing is done. The new multiplicity
|
||||
is limited to the degree.
|
||||
|
||||
The tolerance criterion for knots equality is the max of Epsilon(U) and ParametricTolerance.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>removeKnot(Index, M, tol)
|
||||
|
||||
Reduces the multiplicity of the knot of index Index to M.
|
||||
If M is equal to 0, the knot is removed.
|
||||
With a modification of this type, the array of poles is also modified.
|
||||
Two different algorithms are systematically used to compute the new
|
||||
poles of the curve. If, for each pole, the distance between the pole
|
||||
calculated using the first algorithm and the same pole calculated using
|
||||
the second algorithm, is less than Tolerance, this ensures that the curve
|
||||
is not modified by more than Tolerance. Under these conditions, true is
|
||||
returned; otherwise, false is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
A low tolerance is used to prevent modification of the curve.
|
||||
A high tolerance is used to 'smooth' the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>segment(u1,u2)
|
||||
Modifies this B-Spline curve by segmenting it.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a knot of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getKnot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a knot of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set knots of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getKnots">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all knots of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Modifies this B-Spline curve by assigning P to the pole of index Index in the poles table.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a pole of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all poles of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a weight of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a weight of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all weights of the B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPolesAndWeights">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the table of poles and weights in homogeneous coordinates.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes for this B-Spline curve the parametric tolerance (UTolerance)
|
||||
for a given 3D tolerance (Tolerance3D).
|
||||
If f(t) is the equation of this B-Spline curve, the parametric tolerance ensures that:
|
||||
|t1-t0| < UTolerance =""==> |f(t1)-f(t0)| < Tolerance3D</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="movePoint">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>movePoint(U, P, Index1, Index2)
|
||||
|
||||
Moves the point of parameter U of this B-Spline curve to P.
|
||||
Index1 and Index2 are the indexes in the table of poles of this B-Spline curve
|
||||
of the first and last poles designated to be moved.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns: (FirstModifiedPole, LastModifiedPole). They are the indexes of the
|
||||
first and last poles which are effectively modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setNotPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes this B-Spline curve into a non-periodic curve.
|
||||
If this curve is already non-periodic, it is not modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes this B-Spline curve into a periodic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setOrigin">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Assigns the knot of index Index in the knots table as the origin of this periodic B-Spline curve.
|
||||
As a consequence, the knots and poles tables are modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getMultiplicity">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the multiplicity of the knot of index from the knots table of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getMultiplicities">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the multiplicities table M of the knots of this B-Spline curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="approximate" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Replaces this B-Spline curve by approximating a set of points.
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
approximate2(Points = list_of_points)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional arguments :
|
||||
|
||||
DegMin = integer (3) : Minimum degree of the curve.
|
||||
DegMax = integer (8) : Maximum degree of the curve.
|
||||
Tolerance = float (1e-3) : approximating tolerance.
|
||||
Continuity = string ('C2') : Desired continuity of the curve.
|
||||
Possible values : 'C0','G1','C1','G2','C2','C3','CN'
|
||||
|
||||
LengthWeight = float, CurvatureWeight = float, TorsionWeight = float
|
||||
If one of these arguments is not null, the functions approximates the
|
||||
points using variational smoothing algorithm, which tries to minimize
|
||||
additional criterium:
|
||||
LengthWeight*CurveLength + CurvatureWeight*Curvature + TorsionWeight*Torsion
|
||||
Continuity must be C0, C1 or C2, else defaults to C2.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters = list of floats : knot sequence of the approximated points.
|
||||
This argument is only used if the weights above are all null.
|
||||
|
||||
ParamType = string ('Uniform','Centripetal' or 'ChordLength')
|
||||
Parameterization type. Only used if weights and Parameters above aren't specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Note : Continuity of the spline defaults to C2. However, it may not be applied if
|
||||
it conflicts with other parameters ( especially DegMax ).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getCardinalSplineTangents" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the tangents for a Cardinal spline</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="interpolate" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Replaces this B-Spline curve by interpolating a set of points.
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
interpolate(Points = list_of_points)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional arguments :
|
||||
|
||||
PeriodicFlag = bool (False) : Sets the curve closed or opened.
|
||||
Tolerance = float (1e-6) : interpolating tolerance
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters : knot sequence of the interpolated points.
|
||||
If not supplied, the function defaults to chord-length parameterization.
|
||||
If PeriodicFlag == True, one extra parameter must be appended.
|
||||
|
||||
EndPoint Tangent constraints :
|
||||
|
||||
InitialTangent = vector, FinalTangent = vector
|
||||
specify tangent vectors for starting and ending points
|
||||
of the BSpline. Either none, or both must be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Full Tangent constraints :
|
||||
|
||||
Tangents = list_of_vectors, TangentFlags = list_of_bools
|
||||
Both lists must have the same length as Points list.
|
||||
Tangents specifies the tangent vector of each point in Points list.
|
||||
TangentFlags (bool) activates or deactivates the corresponding tangent.
|
||||
These arguments will be ignored if EndPoint Tangents (above) are also defined.
|
||||
|
||||
Note : Continuity of the spline defaults to C2. However, if periodic, or tangents
|
||||
are supplied, the continuity will drop to C1.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds a B-Spline by a list of poles.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="buildFromPolesMultsKnots" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds a B-Spline by a lists of Poles, Mults, Knots.
|
||||
arguments: poles (sequence of Base.Vector),
|
||||
[mults , knots, periodic, degree, weights (sequence of float), CheckRational]
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
from FreeCAD import Base
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
V=Base.Vector
|
||||
poles=[V(-10,-10),V(10,-10),V(10,10),V(-10,10)]
|
||||
|
||||
# non-periodic spline
|
||||
n=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
n.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(3,1,3),(0,0.5,1),False,2)
|
||||
Part.show(n.toShape())
|
||||
|
||||
# periodic spline
|
||||
p=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
p.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(1,1,1,1,1),(0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1),True,2)
|
||||
Part.show(p.toShape())
|
||||
|
||||
# periodic and rational spline
|
||||
r=Part.BSplineCurve()
|
||||
r.buildFromPolesMultsKnots(poles,(1,1,1,1,1),(0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1),True,2,(1,0.8,0.7,0.2))
|
||||
Part.show(r.toShape())</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBezier">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a list of Bezier splines.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBiArcs">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>toBiArcs(tolerance) -> list.
|
||||
Build a list of arcs and lines to approximate the B-spline.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="join">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a new spline by joining this and a second spline.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeC1Continuous">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>makeC1Continuous(tol = 1e-6, ang_tol = 1e-7)
|
||||
|
||||
Reduces as far as possible the multiplicities of the knots of this BSpline
|
||||
(keeping the geometry). It returns a new BSpline, which could still be C0.
|
||||
tol is a geometrical tolerance.
|
||||
The tol_ang is angular tolerance, in radians. It sets tolerable angle mismatch
|
||||
of the tangents on the left and on the right to decide if the curve is G1 or
|
||||
not at a given point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="BezierCurve2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dBezierCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dBezierCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.BezierCurve2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a rational or non-rational Bezier curve in 2d space:
|
||||
-- a non-rational Bezier curve is defined by a table of poles (also called control points)
|
||||
-- a rational Bezier curve is defined by a table of poles with varying weights</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Degree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the polynomial degree of this Bezier curve, which is equal to the number of poles minus 1.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Degree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxDegree" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the maximum polynomial degree of any Bezier curve curve. This value is 25.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxDegree" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbPoles" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of poles of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoles" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of this Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isRational">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false if the weights of all the poles of this Bezier curve are equal.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPeriodic">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns false.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isClosed">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the distance between the start point and end point of this Bezier curve
|
||||
is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="increase">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>increase(Int=Degree)
|
||||
Increases the degree of this Bezier curve to Degree.
|
||||
As a result, the poles and weights tables are modified.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleAfter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts after the pole of index.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="insertPoleBefore">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Inserts before the pole of index.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removePole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Removes the pole of index Index from the table of poles of this Bezier curve.
|
||||
If this Bezier curve is rational, it can become non-rational.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="segment">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Modifies this Bezier curve by segmenting it.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a pole of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPole">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a pole of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all poles of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the poles of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set a weight of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeight">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get a weight of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getWeights">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get all weights of the Bezier curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getResolution" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes for this Bezier curve the parametric tolerance (UTolerance)
|
||||
for a given 3D tolerance (Tolerance3D).
|
||||
If f(t) is the equation of this Bezier curve,
|
||||
the parametric tolerance ensures that:
|
||||
|t1-t0| < UTolerance =""==> |f(t1)-f(t0)| < Tolerance3D</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="Conic2dPy"
|
||||
Name="Circle2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Circle2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dCircle"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dCircle"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Conic2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a circle in 3D space
|
||||
To create a circle there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Circle2d()
|
||||
Creates a default circle with center (0,0) and radius 1
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Circle2d(circle)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given circle
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Circle2d(circle, Distance)
|
||||
Creates a circle parallel to given circle at a certain distance
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Circle2d(Center,Radius)
|
||||
Creates a circle defined by center and radius
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Circle2d(Point1,Point2,Point3)
|
||||
Creates a circle defined by three non-linear points
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getCircleCenter" Static="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the circle center defined by three points</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the circle.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
Name="Conic2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Conic2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dConic"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dConic"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an abstract conic in 2d space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Location of the conic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Eccentricity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
returns the eccentricity value of the conic e.
|
||||
e = 0 for a circle
|
||||
0 < e < 1 for an ellipse (e = 0 if MajorRadius = MinorRadius)
|
||||
e > 1 for a hyperbola
|
||||
e = 1 for a parabola
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Eccentricity" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="XAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The X axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="XAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="YAxis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The Y axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="YAxis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Curve2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Geometry2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Geometry2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class Geom2dCurve is the root class of all curve objects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="reverse">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes the direction of parametrization of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toShape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Return the shape for the geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="discretize" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Discretizes the curve and returns a list of points.
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as argument:
|
||||
discretize(Number=n) => gives a list of 'n' equidistant points.
|
||||
discretize(QuasiNumber=n) => gives a list of 'n' quasi-equidistant points (is faster than the method above).
|
||||
discretize(Distance=d) => gives a list of equidistant points with distance 'd'.
|
||||
discretize(Deflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the curve.
|
||||
discretize(QuasiDeflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the curve (faster).
|
||||
discretize(Angular=a,Curvature=c,[Minimum=m]) => gives a list of points with an angular deflection of 'a'
|
||||
and a curvature deflection of 'c'. Optionally a minimum number of points
|
||||
can be set, which by default is set to 2.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally you can set the keywords 'First' and 'Last' to define
|
||||
a sub-range of the parameter range of the curve.
|
||||
|
||||
If no keyword is given, then it depends on whether the argument is an int or float.
|
||||
If it's an int then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Number',
|
||||
if it's a float then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Distance'.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
c=PartGeom2d.Circle2d()
|
||||
c.Radius=5
|
||||
p=c.discretize(Number=50,First=3.14)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
p=c.discretize(Angular=0.09,Curvature=0.01,Last=3.14,Minimum=100)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="length">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Computes the length of a curve
|
||||
length([uMin,uMax,Tol]) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameterAtDistance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the parameter on the curve of a point at
|
||||
the given distance from a starting parameter.
|
||||
parameterAtDistance([abscissa, startingParameter]) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="value">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the point of parameter u on this curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="tangent">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the tangent of parameter u on this curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the parameter on the curve of the
|
||||
nearest orthogonal projection of the point.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="normal" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Vector = normal(pos) - Get the normal vector at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvature" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Float = curvature(pos) - Get the curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="centerOfCurvature" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Vector = centerOfCurvature(float pos) - Get the center of curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersectCC" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns all intersection points between this curve and the given curve.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBSpline">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Converts a curve of any type (only part from First to Last)
|
||||
toBSpline([Float=First, Float=Last]) -> B-Spline curve
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="approximateBSpline">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Approximates a curve of any type to a B-Spline curve
|
||||
approximateBSpline(Tolerance, MaxSegments, MaxDegree, [Order='C2']) -> B-Spline curve
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Continuity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the global continuity of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Continuity" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Closed" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the curve is closed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Closed" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Periodic" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the curve is periodic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Periodic" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the first parameter.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the last parameter.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="Ellipse2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dEllipse"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dEllipse"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Ellipse2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Conic2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Conic2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Describes an ellipse in 2D space
|
||||
To create an ellipse there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Ellipse2d()
|
||||
Creates an ellipse with major radius 2 and minor radius 1 with the
|
||||
center in (0,0)
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Ellipse2d(Ellipse)
|
||||
Create a copy of the given ellipse
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Ellipse2d(S1,S2,Center)
|
||||
Creates an ellipse centered on the point Center,
|
||||
its major axis is defined by Center and S1,
|
||||
its major radius is the distance between Center and S1, and
|
||||
its minor radius is the distance between S2 and the major axis.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Ellipse2d(Center,MajorRadius,MinorRadius)
|
||||
Creates an ellipse with major and minor radii MajorRadius and
|
||||
MinorRadius</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus1" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The first focus is on the positive side of the major axis of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus1" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus2" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The second focus is on the negative side of the major axis of the ellipse.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus2" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="Geometry2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Geometry2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geometry2d"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geometry2d"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class Geometry for 2D space is the root class of all geometric objects.
|
||||
It describes the common behavior of these objects when:
|
||||
- applying geometric transformations to objects, and
|
||||
- constructing objects by geometric transformation (including copying).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="mirror">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Performs the symmetrical transformation of this geometric object.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="rotate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rotates this geometric object at angle Ang (in radians) around a point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="scale">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies a scaling transformation on this geometric object with a center and scaling factor.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="transform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies a transformation to this geometric object.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="translate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Translates this geometric object.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="copy" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a copy of this geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="Hyperbola2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dHyperbola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dHyperbola"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Hyperbola2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Conic2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Conic2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a hyperbola in 2D space
|
||||
To create a hyperbola there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Hyperbola2d()
|
||||
Creates a hyperbola with major radius 2 and minor radius 1 with the
|
||||
center in (0,0)
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Hyperbola2d(Hyperbola)
|
||||
Create a copy of the given hyperbola
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Hyperbola2d(S1,S2,Center)
|
||||
Creates a hyperbola centered on the point Center, S1 and S2,
|
||||
its major axis is defined by Center and S1,
|
||||
its major radius is the distance between Center and S1, and
|
||||
its minor radius is the distance between S2 and the major axis.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Hyperbola2d(Center,MajorRadius,MinorRadius)
|
||||
Creates a hyperbola with major and minor radii MajorRadius and
|
||||
MinorRadius and located at Center</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus1" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The first focus is on the positive side of the major axis of the hyperbola;
|
||||
the second focus is on the negative side.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus1" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus2" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The first focus is on the positive side of the major axis of the hyperbola;
|
||||
the second focus is on the negative side.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus2" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
Name="Line2dPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Line2d"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dLine"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dLine"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an infinite line in 2D space
|
||||
To create a line there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2d()
|
||||
Creates a default line.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2d(Line)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given line.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2d(Point,Dir)
|
||||
Creates a line that goes through two given points.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the location of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Direction" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the direction of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Direction" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
Name="Line2dSegmentPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Line2dSegment"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dLineSegment"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dLineSegment"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a line segment in 2D space.
|
||||
|
||||
To create a line there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2dSegment()
|
||||
Creates a default line
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2dSegment(Line)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given line
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Geom2d.Line2dSegment(Point1,Point2)
|
||||
Creates a line that goes through two given points.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setParameterRange">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the parameter range of the underlying line segment geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this line segment.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point of this line segment.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="OffsetCurve2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dOffsetCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dOffsetCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.OffsetCurve2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Curve2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Curve2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OffsetValue">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the offset value to offset the underlying curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OffsetValue" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the basic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisCurve" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="Parabola2dPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="Geom2dParabola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geom2dParabola"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Geom2d.Parabola2d"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/Geom2d/Conic2dPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry2d.h"
|
||||
Father="Conic2dPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a parabola in 2D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance is the distance between the apex and the focus of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focus is on the positive side of the
|
||||
'X Axis' of the local coordinate system of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Parameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the parameter of this parabola which is the distance between its focus
|
||||
and its directrix. This distance is twice the focal length.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Parameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="BuildPlateSurfacePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeomPlate.BuildPlateSurfacePy"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPlate_BuildPlateSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPlate_BuildPlateSurface"
|
||||
Include="GeomPlate_BuildPlateSurface.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This class provides an algorithm for constructing such a plate surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Resets all constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setNbBounds">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the number of bounds</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="loadInitSurface">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Loads the initial surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="surfInit" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the initial surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="surface" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the plate surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Adds a linear or point constraint</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Calls the algorithm and computes the plate surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isDone" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tests whether computation of the plate has been completed</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="sense" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the orientation of the curves in the array returned by curves2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="order" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the order of the curves in the array returned by curves2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curves2d" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Extracts the array of curves on the plate surface which
|
||||
correspond to the curve constraints set in add()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curveConstraint" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the curve constraint of order</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="pointConstraint" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point constraint of order</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="disc2dContour">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the 2D contour of the plate surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="disc3dContour">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the 3D contour of the plate surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G0Error" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the max distance between the result and the constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G1Error" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the max angle between the result and the constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G2Error" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the max difference of curvature between the result and the constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="CurveConstraintPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeomPlate.CurveConstraintPy"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPlate_CurveConstraint"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPlate_CurveConstraint"
|
||||
Include="GeomPlate_CurveConstraint.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Defines curves as constraints to be used to deform a surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setOrder">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the order of continuity required for the constraints: G0, G1, and G2, controlled
|
||||
respectively by G0Criterion G1Criterion and G2Criterion.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="order">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the order of constraint, one of G0, G1 or G2</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G0Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G0 criterion at the parametric point U on the curve.
|
||||
This is the greatest distance allowed between the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G1Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G1 criterion at the parametric point U on the curve.
|
||||
This is the greatest angle allowed between the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G2Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G2 criterion at the parametric point U on the curve.
|
||||
This is the greatest difference in curvature allowed between the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG0Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the G0 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest distance allowed between the
|
||||
constraint and the target surface for each point of the
|
||||
constraint. If this criterion is not set, TolDist, the
|
||||
distance tolerance from the constructor, is used.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG1Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the G1 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest angle allowed between the
|
||||
constraint and the target surface. If this criterion is not
|
||||
set, TolAng, the angular tolerance from the constructor, is used.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG2Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu> Allows you to set the G2 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest difference in curvature allowed
|
||||
between the constraint and the target surface. If this
|
||||
criterion is not set, TolCurv, the curvature tolerance from
|
||||
the constructor, is used.
|
||||
Raises ConstructionError if the point is not on the surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curve3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a 3d curve associated the surface resulting of the constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setCurve2dOnSurf">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Loads a 2d curve associated the surface resulting of the constraints
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curve2dOnSurf">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a 2d curve associated the surface resulting of the constraints</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setProjectedCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Loads a 2d curve resulting from the normal projection of
|
||||
the curve on the initial surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="projectedCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu> Returns the projected curve resulting from the normal projection of the
|
||||
curve on the initial surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="NbPoints">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The number of points on the curve used as a
|
||||
constraint. The default setting is 10. This parameter
|
||||
affects computation time, which increases by the cube of
|
||||
the number of points.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="NbPoints" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>This function returns the first parameter of the curve.
|
||||
The first parameter is the lowest parametric value for the curve, which defines the starting point of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>This function returns the last parameter of the curve.
|
||||
The last parameter is the highest parametric value for the curve, which defines the ending point of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Length" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>This function returns the length of the curve.
|
||||
The length of the curve is a geometric property that indicates how long the curve is in the space.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Length" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="PointConstraintPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeomPlate.PointConstraintPy"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPlate_PointConstraint"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPlate_PointConstraint"
|
||||
Include="GeomPlate_PointConstraint.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Defines points as constraints to be used to deform a surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setOrder">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the order of continuity required for
|
||||
the constraints: G0, G1, and G2, controlled
|
||||
respectively by G0Criterion G1Criterion and G2Criterion.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="order">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the order of constraint, one of G0, G1 or G2</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G0Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G0 criterion at the parametric point U on
|
||||
the curve. This is the greatest distance allowed between
|
||||
the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G1Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G1 criterion at the parametric point U on
|
||||
the curve. This is the greatest angle allowed between
|
||||
the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="G2Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the G2 criterion at the parametric point U on
|
||||
the curve. This is the greatest difference in curvature
|
||||
allowed between the constraint and the target surface at U.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG0Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the G0 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest distance allowed between the
|
||||
constraint and the target surface for each point of the
|
||||
constraint. If this criterion is not set, TolDist, the
|
||||
distance tolerance from the constructor, is used.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG1Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the G1 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest angle allowed between the
|
||||
constraint and the target surface. If this criterion is not
|
||||
set, TolAng, the angular tolerance from the constructor, is used.
|
||||
Raises an exception if the curve is not on a surface
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setG2Criterion">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set the G2 criterion. This is the law
|
||||
defining the greatest difference in curvature allowed between the
|
||||
constraint and the target surface. If this criterion is not
|
||||
set, TolCurv, the curvature tolerance from the constructor, is used.
|
||||
Raises ConstructionError if the curve is not on a surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hasPnt2dOnSurf">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks if there is a 2D point associated with the surface. It returns a boolean indicating whether such a point exists.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setPnt2dOnSurf">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Allows you to set a 2D point on the surface. It takes a gp_Pnt2d as an argument, representing the 2D point to be associated with the surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="pnt2dOnSurf">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the 2D point on the surface. It returns a gp_Pnt2d representing the associated 2D point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryExtensionPy"
|
||||
Name="GeometryBoolExtensionPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeometryBoolExtension"
|
||||
Twin="GeometryBoolExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeometryBoolExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/GeometryDefaultExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryExtensionPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>A GeometryExtension extending geometry objects with a boolean.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Value" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the value of the GeometryBoolExtension.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Value" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="GeometryCurvePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Curve"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometryPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class GeometryCurve is the root class of all curve objects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toShape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Return the shape for the geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="discretize" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Discretizes the curve and returns a list of points.
|
||||
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as argument:
|
||||
|
||||
discretize(Number=n) => gives a list of 'n' equidistant points
|
||||
discretize(QuasiNumber=n) => gives a list of 'n' quasi equidistant points (is faster than the method above)
|
||||
discretize(Distance=d) => gives a list of equidistant points with distance 'd'
|
||||
discretize(Deflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the curve
|
||||
discretize(QuasiDeflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the curve (faster)
|
||||
discretize(Angular=a,Curvature=c,[Minimum=m]) => gives a list of points with an angular deflection of 'a'
|
||||
and a curvature deflection of 'c'. Optionally a minimum number of points
|
||||
can be set which by default is set to 2.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally you can set the keywords 'First' and 'Last' to define a sub-range of the parameter range
|
||||
of the curve.
|
||||
|
||||
If no keyword is given then it depends on whether the argument is an int or float.
|
||||
If it's an int then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Number', if it's float
|
||||
then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Distance'.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
c=Part.Circle()
|
||||
c.Radius=5
|
||||
p=c.discretize(Number=50,First=3.14)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
p=c.discretize(Angular=0.09,Curvature=0.01,Last=3.14,Minimum=100)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getD0" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point of given parameter</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getD1" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point and first derivative of given parameter</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getD2" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point, first and second derivatives</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getD3" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point, first, second and third derivatives</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getDN" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the n-th derivative</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="length" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the length of a curve
|
||||
length([uMin, uMax, Tol]) -> float</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameterAtDistance" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parameter on the curve of a point at the given distance from a starting parameter.
|
||||
parameterAtDistance([abscissa, startingParameter]) -> float</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="value" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the point of parameter u on this curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="tangent" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the tangent of parameter u on this curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeRuledSurface" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Make a ruled surface of this and the given curves</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersect2d" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get intersection points with another curve lying on a plane.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="continuityWith" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the continuity of two curves</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameter" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parameter on the curve of the nearest orthogonal projection of the point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="normal" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Vector = normal(pos) - Get the normal vector at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="projectPoint" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the projection of a point on the curve
|
||||
|
||||
projectPoint(Point=Vector,[Method="NearestPoint"])
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"NearestPoint") -> Vector
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"LowerDistance") -> float
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"LowerDistanceParameter") -> float
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Distance") -> list of floats
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Parameter") -> list of floats
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Point") -> list of points</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvature" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Float = curvature(pos) - Get the curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="centerOfCurvature" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Vector = centerOfCurvature(float pos) - Get the center of curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersect" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns all intersection points and curve segments between the curve and the curve/surface.
|
||||
|
||||
arguments: curve/surface (for the intersection), precision (float)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersectCS" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns all intersection points and curve segments between the curve and the surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersectCC" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns all intersection points between this curve and the given curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBSpline" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Converts a curve of any type (only part from First to Last) to BSpline curve.
|
||||
toBSpline((first: float, last: float)) -> BSplineCurve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toNurbs" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Converts a curve of any type (only part from First to Last) to NURBS curve.
|
||||
toNurbs((first: float, last: float)) -> NurbsCurve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="trim" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a trimmed curve defined in the given parameter range.
|
||||
trim((first: float, last: float)) -> TrimmedCurve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="approximateBSpline" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Approximates a curve of any type to a B-Spline curve.
|
||||
approximateBSpline(Tolerance, MaxSegments, MaxDegree, [Order='C2']) -> BSplineCurve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="reverse">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Changes the direction of parametrization of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="reversedParameter" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parameter on the reversed curve for the point of parameter U on this curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this curve is periodic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="period" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the period of this curve or raises an exception if it is not periodic.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the curve is closed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Continuity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the global continuity of the curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Continuity" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the first parameter.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the value of the last parameter.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Rotation" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a rotation object to describe the orientation for curve that supports it</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Rotation" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryExtensionPy"
|
||||
Name="GeometryDoubleExtensionPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeometryDoubleExtension"
|
||||
Twin="GeometryDoubleExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeometryDoubleExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/GeometryDefaultExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryExtensionPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>A GeometryExtension extending geometry objects with a double.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Value" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the value of the GeometryDoubleExtension.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Value" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="GeometryExtensionPy"
|
||||
Twin="GeometryExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeometryExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/GeometryExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class GeometryExtension enables to extend geometry objects with application specific data.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="copy" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a copy of this geometry extension.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Name" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets/returns the name of this extension.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Name" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryExtensionPy"
|
||||
Name="GeometryIntExtensionPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeometryIntExtension"
|
||||
Twin="GeometryIntExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeometryIntExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/GeometryDefaultExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryExtensionPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>A GeometryExtension extending geometry objects with an int.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Value" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
returns the value of the GeometryIntExtension.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Value" Type="Long"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PersistencePy"
|
||||
Name="GeometryPy"
|
||||
Twin="Geometry"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Geometry"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PersistencePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class Geometry for 3D space is the root class of all geometric objects.
|
||||
It describes the common behavior of these objects when:
|
||||
- applying geometric transformations to objects, and
|
||||
- constructing objects by geometric transformation (including copying).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="mirror">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Performs the symmetrical transformation of this geometric object</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="rotate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rotates this geometric object at angle Ang (in radians) about axis</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="scale">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies a scaling transformation on this geometric object with a center and scaling factor</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="transform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies a transformation to this geometric object</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="translate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Translates this geometric object</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="copy" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a copy of this geometry</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clone" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a clone of this geometry with the same Tag</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isSame" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isSame(geom, tol, angulartol) -> boolean
|
||||
|
||||
Compare this geometry to another one</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hasExtensionOfType" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a boolean indicating whether a geometry extension of the type indicated as a string exists.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hasExtensionOfName" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a boolean indicating whether a geometry extension with the name indicated as a string exists.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getExtensionOfType" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Gets the first geometry extension of the type indicated by the string.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getExtensionOfName" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Gets the first geometry extension of the name indicated by the string.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setExtension" Const="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets a geometry extension of the indicated type.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="deleteExtensionOfType" Const="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Deletes all extensions of the indicated type.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="deleteExtensionOfName" Const="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Deletes all extensions of the indicated name.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getExtensions" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a list with information about the geometry extensions.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Tag" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Gives the tag of the geometry as string.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Tag" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryExtensionPy"
|
||||
Name="GeometryStringExtensionPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeometryStringExtension"
|
||||
Twin="GeometryStringExtension"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeometryStringExtension"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/GeometryDefaultExtension.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryExtensionPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Abdullah Tahiri" EMail="abdullah.tahiri.yo@gmail.com" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>A GeometryExtension extending geometry objects with a string.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Value" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
returns the value of the GeometryStringExtension.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Value" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomSurface"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.GeometrySurface"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometryPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The abstract class GeometrySurface is the root class of all surface objects.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toShape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Return the shape for the geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toShell" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Make a shell of the surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getD0" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the point of given parameter</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getDN" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the n-th derivative</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="value" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>value(u,v) -> Point
|
||||
Computes the point of parameter (u,v) on this surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="tangent" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>tangent(u,v) -> (Vector,Vector)
|
||||
Computes the tangent of parameter (u,v) on this geometry</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="normal" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>normal(u,v) -> Vector
|
||||
Computes the normal of parameter (u,v) on this geometry</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="projectPoint" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the projection of a point on the surface
|
||||
|
||||
projectPoint(Point=Vector,[Method="NearestPoint"])
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"NearestPoint") -> Vector
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"LowerDistance") -> float
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"LowerDistanceParameters") -> tuple of floats (u,v)
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Distance") -> list of floats
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Parameters") -> list of tuples of floats
|
||||
projectPoint(Vector,"Point") -> list of points</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUmbillic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isUmbillic(u,v) -> bool
|
||||
Check if the geometry on parameter is an umbillic point,
|
||||
i.e. maximum and minimum curvature are equal.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvature" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>curvature(u,v,type) -> float
|
||||
The value of type must be one of this: Max, Min, Mean or Gauss
|
||||
Computes the curvature of parameter (u,v) on this geometry</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvatureDirections" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>curvatureDirections(u,v) -> (Vector,Vector)
|
||||
Computes the directions of maximum and minimum curvature
|
||||
of parameter (u,v) on this geometry.
|
||||
The first vector corresponds to the maximum curvature,
|
||||
the second vector corresponds to the minimum curvature.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="bounds" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parametric bounds (U1, U2, V1, V2) of this trimmed surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPlanar" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isPlanar([float]) -> Bool
|
||||
Checks if the surface is planar within a certain tolerance.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Continuity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the global continuity of the surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Continuity" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Rotation" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a rotation object to describe the orientation for surface that supports it</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Rotation" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="uIso" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds the U isoparametric curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="vIso" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds the V isoparametric curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this patch is periodic in the given parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVPeriodic" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if this patch is periodic in the given parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isUClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks if this surface is closed in the u parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isVClosed" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks if this surface is closed in the v parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="UPeriod" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the period of this patch in the u parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="VPeriod" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the period of this patch in the v parametric direction.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameter" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the parameter on the curve
|
||||
of the nearest orthogonal projection of the point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toBSpline" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a B-Spline representation of this surface.
|
||||
The optional arguments are:
|
||||
* tolerance (default=1e-7)
|
||||
* continuity in u (as string e.g. C0, G0, G1, C1, G2, C3, CN) (default='C1')
|
||||
* continuity in v (as string e.g. C0, G0, G1, C1, G2, C3, CN) (default='C1')
|
||||
* maximum degree in u (default=25)
|
||||
* maximum degree in v (default=25)
|
||||
* maximum number of segments (default=1000)
|
||||
* precision code (default=0)
|
||||
Will raise an exception if surface is infinite in U or V (like planes, cones or cylinders)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersect" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns all intersection points/curves between the surface and the curve/surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="intersectSS" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns all intersection curves of this surface and the given surface.
|
||||
The required arguments are:
|
||||
* Second surface
|
||||
* precision code (optional, default=0)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="HLRBRep_AlgoPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.HLRBRep_Algo"
|
||||
Twin="HLRBRep_Algo"
|
||||
TwinPointer="HLRBRep_Algo"
|
||||
Include="HLRBRep_Algo.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Algo() -> HLRBRep_Algo
|
||||
|
||||
A framework to compute a shape as seen in a projection
|
||||
plane. This is done by calculating the visible and the hidden parts
|
||||
of the shape. HLRBRep_Algo works with three types of entity:
|
||||
|
||||
- shapes to be visualized
|
||||
- edges in these shapes (these edges are the basic entities which will be
|
||||
visualized or hidden), and
|
||||
- faces in these shapes which hide the edges.
|
||||
|
||||
HLRBRep_Algo is based on the principle of comparing each edge of the shape to
|
||||
be visualized with each of its faces, and calculating the visible and the
|
||||
hidden parts of each edge. For a given projection, HLRBRep_Algo calculates a
|
||||
set of lines characteristic of the object being represented. It is also used in
|
||||
conjunction with the HLRBRep_HLRToShape extraction utilities, which reconstruct
|
||||
a new, simplified shape from a selection of calculation results. This new shape
|
||||
is made up of edges, which represent the shape visualized in the
|
||||
projection. HLRBRep_Algo takes the shape itself into account whereas
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyAlgo works with a polyhedral simplification of the shape. When you
|
||||
use HLRBRep_Algo, you obtain an exact result, whereas, when you use
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyAlgo, you reduce computation time but obtain polygonal segments. In
|
||||
the case of complicated shapes, HLRBRep_Algo may be time-consuming. An
|
||||
HLRBRep_Algo object provides a framework for:
|
||||
|
||||
- defining the point of view
|
||||
- identifying the shape or shapes to be visualized
|
||||
- calculating the outlines
|
||||
- calculating the visible and hidden lines of the shape. Warning
|
||||
- Superimposed lines are not eliminated by this algorithm.
|
||||
- There must be no unfinished objects inside the shape you wish to visualize.
|
||||
- Points are not treated.
|
||||
- Note that this is not the sort of algorithm used in generating shading, which
|
||||
calculates the visible and hidden parts of each face in a shape to be
|
||||
visualized by comparing each face in the shape with every other face in the
|
||||
same shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>add(S, nbIso=0)
|
||||
|
||||
Adds the shape S to this framework, and specifies the number of isoparameters
|
||||
nbiso desired in visualizing S. You may add as many shapes as you wish. Use
|
||||
the function add once for each shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="remove">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>remove(i)
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the shape of index i from this framework.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="index">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>index(S) -> int
|
||||
|
||||
Return the index of the Shape S and return 0 if the Shape S is not found.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLinedShapeNullify">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outlinedShapeNullify()
|
||||
|
||||
Nullify all the results of OutLiner from HLRTopoBRep.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setProjector" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setProjector(Origin=(0, 0, 0), ZDir=(0,0,0), XDir=(0,0,0), focus=NaN)
|
||||
|
||||
Set the projector. With focus left to NaN, an axonometric projector is
|
||||
created. Otherwise, a perspective projector is created with focus focus.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="nbShapes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>nbShapes()
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the number of shapes in the collection. It does not modify the
|
||||
object's state and is used to retrieve the count of shapes.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="showAll">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>showAll(i=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
If i < 1, then set all the edges to visible.
|
||||
Otherwise, set to visible all the edges of the shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hide">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>hide(i=-1, j=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
If i < 1, hide all of the datastructure.
|
||||
Otherwise, if j < 1, hide the shape of index i.
|
||||
Otherwise, hide the shape of index i by the shape of index j.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hideAll">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>hideAll(i=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
If i < 1, hide all the edges.
|
||||
Otherwise, hide all the edges of shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="partialHide">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>partialHide()
|
||||
|
||||
Own hiding of all the shapes of the DataStructure without hiding by each other.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="select">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>select(i=-1)
|
||||
|
||||
If i < 1, select all the DataStructure.
|
||||
Otherwise, only select the shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="selectEdge">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>selectEdge(i)
|
||||
|
||||
Select only the edges of the shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="selectFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>selectFace(i)
|
||||
|
||||
Select only the faces of the shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="initEdgeStatus">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>initEdgeStatus()
|
||||
|
||||
Init the status of the selected edges depending of the back faces of a closed
|
||||
shell.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="update">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>update()
|
||||
|
||||
Update the DataStructure.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Handle(HLRBRep_Algo) hAlgo;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Handle(HLRBRep_Algo) handle() {
|
||||
return hAlgo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="HLRBRep_PolyAlgoPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.HLRBRep_PolyAlgo"
|
||||
Twin="HLRBRep_PolyAlgo"
|
||||
TwinPointer="HLRBRep_PolyAlgo"
|
||||
Include="HLRBRep_PolyAlgo.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>PolyAlgo() -> HLRBRep_PolyAlgo
|
||||
|
||||
A framework to compute the shape as seen in a projection
|
||||
plane. This is done by calculating the visible and the hidden parts of the
|
||||
shape. HLRBRep_PolyAlgo works with three types of entity:
|
||||
|
||||
- shapes to be visualized (these shapes must have already been triangulated.)
|
||||
- edges in these shapes (these edges are defined as polygonal lines on the
|
||||
triangulation of the shape, and are the basic entities which will be visualized
|
||||
or hidden), and
|
||||
- triangles in these shapes which hide the edges.
|
||||
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyAlgo is based on the principle of comparing each edge of the shape
|
||||
to be visualized with each of the triangles produced by the triangulation of
|
||||
the shape, and calculating the visible and the hidden parts of each edge. For a
|
||||
given projection, HLRBRep_PolyAlgo calculates a set of lines characteristic of
|
||||
the object being represented. It is also used in conjunction with the
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyHLRToShape extraction utilities, which reconstruct a new,
|
||||
simplified shape from a selection of calculation results. This new shape is
|
||||
made up of edges, which represent the shape visualized in the
|
||||
projection. HLRBRep_PolyAlgo works with a polyhedral simplification of the
|
||||
shape whereas HLRBRep_Algo takes the shape itself into account. When you use
|
||||
HLRBRep_Algo, you obtain an exact result, whereas, when you use
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyAlgo, you reduce computation time but obtain polygonal segments. An
|
||||
HLRBRep_PolyAlgo object provides a framework for:
|
||||
|
||||
- defining the point of view
|
||||
- identifying the shape or shapes to be visualized
|
||||
- calculating the outlines
|
||||
- calculating the visible and hidden lines of the shape. Warning
|
||||
- Superimposed lines are not eliminated by this algorithm.
|
||||
- There must be no unfinished objects inside the shape you wish to visualize.
|
||||
- Points are not treated.
|
||||
- Note that this is not the sort of algorithm used in generating shading, which
|
||||
calculates the visible and hidden parts of each face in a shape to be
|
||||
visualized by comparing each face in the shape with every other face in the
|
||||
same shape.
|
||||
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="load">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>load(S)
|
||||
|
||||
Loads the shape S into this framework. Warning S must have already been triangulated.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="remove">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>remove(i)
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the shape of index i from this framework.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="nbShapes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>nbShapes()
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the number of shapes in the collection. It does not modify the
|
||||
object's state and is used to retrieve the count of shapes.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>shape(i) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Return the shape of index i.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="index">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>index(S) -> int
|
||||
|
||||
Return the index of the Shape S.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setProjector" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setProjector(Origin=(0, 0, 0), ZDir=(0,0,0), XDir=(0,0,0), focus=NaN)
|
||||
|
||||
Set the projector. With focus left to NaN, an axonometric projector is
|
||||
created. Otherwise, a perspective projector is created with focus focus.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="update">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>update()
|
||||
|
||||
Launches calculation of outlines of the shape visualized by this
|
||||
framework. Used after setting the point of view and defining the shape or
|
||||
shapes to be visualized.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="initHide">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>initHide()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="moreHide">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>moreHide()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="nextHide">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>nextHide()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="initShow">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>initShow()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="moreShow">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>moreShow()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="nextShow">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>nextShow()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLinedShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLinedShape(S) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Make a shape with the internal outlines in each face of shape S.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="TolAngular">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="TolAngular" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="TolCoef">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="TolCoef" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Handle(HLRBRep_PolyAlgo) hAlgo;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Handle(HLRBRep_PolyAlgo) handle() {
|
||||
return hAlgo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="HLRToShapePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.HLRToShapePy"
|
||||
Twin="HLRBRep_HLRToShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="HLRBRep_HLRToShape"
|
||||
Include="HLRBRep_HLRToShape.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>HLRToShape(algo: HLRBRep_Algo) -> HLRBRep_HLRToShape
|
||||
|
||||
A framework for filtering the computation results of an HLRBRep_Algo algorithm
|
||||
by extraction. From the results calculated by the algorithm on a shape, a
|
||||
filter returns the type of edge you want to identify. You can choose any of the
|
||||
following types of output:
|
||||
- visible sharp edges
|
||||
- hidden sharp edges
|
||||
- visible smooth edges
|
||||
- hidden smooth edges
|
||||
- visible sewn edges
|
||||
- hidden sewn edges
|
||||
- visible outline edges
|
||||
- hidden outline edges
|
||||
- visible isoparameters and
|
||||
- hidden isoparameters.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharp edges present a C0 continuity (non G1). Smooth edges present a G1
|
||||
continuity (non G2). Sewn edges present a C2 continuity. The result is composed
|
||||
of 2D edges in the projection plane of the view which the algorithm has worked
|
||||
with. These 2D edges are not included in the data structure of the visualized
|
||||
shape. In order to obtain a complete image, you must combine the shapes given
|
||||
by each of the chosen filters. The construction of the shape does not call a
|
||||
new computation of the algorithm, but only reads its internal results. The
|
||||
methods of this shape are almost identic to those of the HLRBrep_PolyHLRToShape
|
||||
class.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="vCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>vCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible sharp edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="Rg1LineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rg1LineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible smooth edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="RgNLineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>RgNLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible sewn edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible outline edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLineVCompound3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible outline edges in 3D for either shape
|
||||
Shape or for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isoLineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isoLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible isoparameters for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>hCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden sharp edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="Rg1LineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rg1LineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden smooth edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="RgNLineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>RgNLineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden sewn edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden outline edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isoLineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>isoLineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden isoparameters for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="compoundOfEdges" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>compoundOfEdges(Type: int, Visible: bool, In3D: bool, Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Returns compound of resulting edges of required type and visibility, taking
|
||||
into account the kind of space (2d or 3d). If Shape=None, return it for all
|
||||
added shapes, otherwise return it for shape Shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="PolyHLRToShapePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.PolyHLRToShapePy"
|
||||
Twin="HLRBRep_PolyHLRToShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="HLRBRep_PolyHLRToShape"
|
||||
Include="HLRBRep_PolyHLRToShape.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer[at]users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>PolyHLRToShape(algo: HLRBRep_PolyAlgo) -> HLRBRep_PolyHLRToShape
|
||||
|
||||
A framework for filtering the computation results of an HLRBRep_PolyAlgo
|
||||
algorithm by extraction. From the results calculated by the algorithm on a
|
||||
shape, a filter returns the type of edge you want to identify. You can choose
|
||||
any of the following types of output:
|
||||
- visible sharp edges
|
||||
- hidden sharp edges
|
||||
- visible smooth edges
|
||||
- hidden smooth edges
|
||||
- visible sewn edges
|
||||
- hidden sewn edges
|
||||
- visible outline edges
|
||||
- hidden outline edges
|
||||
- visible isoparameters and
|
||||
- hidden isoparameters.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharp edges present a C0 continuity (non G1). Smooth edges present a G1
|
||||
continuity (non G2). Sewn edges present a C2 continuity. The result is composed
|
||||
of 2D edges in the projection plane of the view which the algorithm has worked
|
||||
with. These 2D edges are not included in the data structure of the visualized
|
||||
shape. In order to obtain a complete image, you must combine the shapes given
|
||||
by each of the chosen filters. The construction of the shape does not call a
|
||||
new computation of the algorithm, but only reads its internal results.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="update">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>update(algo: HLRBRep_PolyAlgo)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="show">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>show()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hide">
|
||||
<Documentation><!-- OCCT has no further documentation -->
|
||||
<UserDocu>hide()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="vCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>vCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible sharp edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="Rg1LineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rg1LineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible smooth edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="RgNLineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>RgNLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible sewn edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLineVCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLineVCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for visible outline edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="hCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>hCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden sharp edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="Rg1LineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rg1LineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden smooth edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="RgNLineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>RgNLineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden sewn edges for either shape Shape or for
|
||||
all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="outLineHCompound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>outLineHCompound(Shape=None) -> TopoShape
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the extraction filter for hidden outline edges for either shape Shape or
|
||||
for all added shapes (Shape=None).
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="HyperbolaPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomHyperbola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomHyperbola"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Hyperbola"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ConicPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="ConicPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an hyperbola in 3D space
|
||||
|
||||
To create a hyperbola there are several ways:
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Hyperbola()
|
||||
Creates an hyperbola with major radius 2 and minor radius 1 with the
|
||||
center in (0,0,0)
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Hyperbola(Hyperbola)
|
||||
Create a copy of the given hyperbola
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Hyperbola(S1,S2,Center)
|
||||
Creates an hyperbola centered on the point Center, where
|
||||
the plane of the hyperbola is defined by Center, S1 and S2,
|
||||
its major axis is defined by Center and S1,
|
||||
its major radius is the distance between Center and S1, and
|
||||
its minor radius is the distance between S2 and the major axis.
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Hyperbola(Center,MajorRadius,MinorRadius)
|
||||
Creates an hyperbola with major and minor radii MajorRadius and
|
||||
MinorRadius, and located in the plane defined by Center and
|
||||
the normal (0,0,1)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MajorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The major radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MajorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinorRadius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The minor radius of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinorRadius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus1" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The first focus is on the positive side of the major axis of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus1" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus2" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The second focus is on the negative side of the major axis of the hyperbola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus2" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="LinePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Line"
|
||||
Twin="GeomLine"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomLine"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an infinite line
|
||||
To create a line there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Line()
|
||||
Creates a default line
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Line(Line)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given line
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Line(Point1,Point2)
|
||||
Creates a line that goes through two given points</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the location of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Direction" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the direction of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Direction" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TrimmedCurvePy"
|
||||
Name="LineSegmentPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.LineSegment"
|
||||
Twin="GeomLineSegment"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomLineSegment"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TrimmedCurvePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a line segment
|
||||
To create a line segment there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.LineSegment()
|
||||
Creates a default line segment
|
||||
|
||||
Part.LineSegment(LineSegment)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given line segment
|
||||
|
||||
Part.LineSegment(Point1,Point2)
|
||||
Creates a line segment that goes through two given points</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setParameterRange">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set the parameter range of the underlying line geometry</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StartPoint" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the start point of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StartPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="EndPoint" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the end point point of this line.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="EndPoint" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="OffsetCurvePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomOffsetCurve"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomOffsetCurve"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.OffsetCurve"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryCurvePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometryCurvePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OffsetValue">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the offset value to offset the underlying curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OffsetValue" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OffsetDirection">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the offset direction to offset the underlying curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OffsetDirection" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the basic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisCurve" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="OffsetSurfacePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomOffsetSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomOffsetSurface"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.OffsetSurface"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OffsetValue">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the offset value to offset the underlying surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OffsetValue" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisSurface">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the basic surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisSurface" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="ParabolaPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomParabola"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomParabola"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Parabola"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ConicPy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="ConicPy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a parabola in 3D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="compute">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>compute(p1,p2,p3) -> None
|
||||
|
||||
The three points must lie on a plane parallel to xy plane and must not be collinear</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focal" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focal distance is the distance between
|
||||
the apex and the focus of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focal" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Focus" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The focus is on the positive side of the
|
||||
'X Axis' of the local coordinate system of the parabola.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Focus" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Parameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the parameter of this parabola
|
||||
which is the distance between its focus
|
||||
and its directrix. This distance is twice the focal length.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Parameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PartFeaturePy"
|
||||
Name="Part2DObjectPy"
|
||||
Twin="Part2DObject"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Part2DObject"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Part2DObject.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/PartFeaturePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="FreeCAD@juergen-riegel.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This object represents a 2D Shape in a 3D World</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeoFeaturePy"
|
||||
Name="PartFeaturePy"
|
||||
Twin="Feature"
|
||||
TwinPointer="Feature"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/PartFeature.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="App/GeoFeaturePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="App">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="FreeCAD@juergen-riegel.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This is the father of all shape object classes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getElementHistory" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
getElementHistory(name,recursive=True,sameType=False,showName=False) - returns the element mapped name history
|
||||
|
||||
name: mapped element name belonging to this shape
|
||||
recursive: if True, then track back the history through other objects till the origin
|
||||
sameType: if True, then stop trace back when element type changes
|
||||
showName: if False, return the owner object, or else return a tuple of object name and label
|
||||
|
||||
If not recursive, then return tuple(sourceObject, sourceElementName, [intermediateNames...]),
|
||||
otherwise return a list of tuple.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
Name="PlanePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Plane"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPlane"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPlane"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes an infinite plane
|
||||
To create a plane there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Plane()
|
||||
Creates a default plane with base (0,0,0) and normal (0,0,1)
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Plane(Plane)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given plane
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Plane(Plane, Distance)
|
||||
Creates a plane parallel to given plane at a certain distance
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Plane(Location,Normal)
|
||||
Creates a plane with a given location and normal
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Plane(Point1,Point2,Point3)
|
||||
Creates a plane defined by three non-linear points
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Plane(A,B,C,D)
|
||||
Creates a plane from its cartesian equation
|
||||
Ax+By+Cz+D=0
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Position" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the position point of this plane.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Position" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the axis of this plane.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="PlateSurfacePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPlateSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPlateSurface"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.PlateSurface"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Represents a plate surface in FreeCAD. Plate surfaces can be defined by specifying points or curves as constraints, and they can also be approximated to B-spline surfaces using the makeApprox method. This class is commonly used in CAD modeling for creating surfaces that represent flat or curved plates, such as sheet metal components or structural elements.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeApprox" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Approximate the plate surface to a B-Spline surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="GeometryPy"
|
||||
Name="PointPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Point"
|
||||
Twin="GeomPoint"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomPoint"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometryPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a point
|
||||
To create a point there are several ways:
|
||||
Part.Point()
|
||||
Creates a default point
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Point(Point)
|
||||
Creates a copy of the given point
|
||||
|
||||
Part.Point(Vector)
|
||||
Creates a line for the given coordinates</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="toShape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a vertex from this point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="X" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>X component of this point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="X" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Y" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Y component of this point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Y" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Z" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Z component of this point.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Z" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="RectangularTrimmedSurfacePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomTrimmedSurface"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomTrimmedSurface"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.RectangularTrimmedSurface"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a portion of a surface (a patch) limited by two values of the
|
||||
u parameter in the u parametric direction, and two values of the v parameter in the v parametric
|
||||
direction. The domain of the trimmed surface must be within the domain of the surface being trimmed.
|
||||
|
||||
The trimmed surface is defined by:
|
||||
- the basis surface, and
|
||||
- the values (umin, umax) and (vmin, vmax) which limit it in the u and v parametric directions.
|
||||
|
||||
The trimmed surface is built from a copy of the basis surface. Therefore, when the basis surface
|
||||
is modified the trimmed surface is not changed. Consequently, the trimmed surface does not
|
||||
necessarily have the same orientation as the basis surface.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setTrim">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
setTrim(self, params: (u1, u2, v1, v2)) -> None
|
||||
|
||||
Modifies this patch by changing the trim values applied to the original surface
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisSurface" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Represents the basis surface from which the trimmed surface is derived.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisSurface" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_EdgeConnectPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.EdgeConnect"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_EdgeConnect"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_EdgeConnect"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_EdgeConnect.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Root class for fixing operations</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>add(edge, edge)
|
||||
Adds information on connectivity between start vertex
|
||||
of second edge and end vertex of first edge taking
|
||||
edges orientation into account
|
||||
|
||||
add(shape)
|
||||
Adds connectivity information for the whole shape.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="build">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Builds shared vertices, updates their positions and tolerances</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clear">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Clears internal data structure</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_EdgePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Edge"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Edge"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Edge"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Edge.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing invalid edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixRemovePCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu> Removes the pcurve(s) of the edge if it does not match the
|
||||
vertices
|
||||
Check is done
|
||||
Use : It is to be called when pcurve of an edge can be wrong
|
||||
(e.g., after import from IGES)
|
||||
Returns: True, if does not match, removed (status DONE)
|
||||
False, (status OK) if matches or (status FAIL) if no pcurve,
|
||||
nothing done.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixRemoveCurve3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Removes 3d curve of the edge if it does not match the vertices
|
||||
Returns: True, if does not match, removed (status DONE)
|
||||
False, (status OK) if matches or (status FAIL) if no 3d curve,
|
||||
nothing done.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixAddPCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Adds pcurve(s) of the edge if missing (by projecting 3d curve)
|
||||
Parameter isSeam indicates if the edge is a seam.
|
||||
The parameter 'prec' defines the precision for calculations.
|
||||
If it is 0 (default), the tolerance of the edge is taken.
|
||||
Remark : This method is rather for internal use since it accepts parameter
|
||||
'surfana' for optimization of computations
|
||||
Use : It is to be called after FixRemovePCurve (if removed) or in any
|
||||
case when edge can have no pcurve
|
||||
Returns: True if pcurve was added, else False
|
||||
Status :
|
||||
OK : Pcurve exists
|
||||
FAIL1: No 3d curve
|
||||
FAIL2: fail during projecting
|
||||
DONE1: Pcurve was added
|
||||
DONE2: specific case of pcurve going through degenerated point on
|
||||
sphere encountered during projection (see class
|
||||
ShapeConstruct_ProjectCurveOnSurface for more info).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixAddCurve3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tries to build 3d curve of the edge if missing
|
||||
Use : It is to be called after FixRemoveCurve3d (if removed) or in any
|
||||
case when edge can have no 3d curve
|
||||
Returns: True if 3d curve was added, else False
|
||||
Status :
|
||||
OK : 3d curve exists
|
||||
FAIL1: BRepLib::BuildCurve3d() has failed
|
||||
DONE1: 3d curve was added.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixVertexTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Increases the tolerances of the edge vertices to comprise
|
||||
the ends of 3d curve and pcurve on the given face
|
||||
(first method) or all pcurves stored in an edge (second one)
|
||||
Returns: True, if tolerances have been increased, otherwise False
|
||||
Status:
|
||||
OK : the original tolerances have not been changed
|
||||
DONE1: the tolerance of first vertex has been increased
|
||||
DONE2: the tolerance of last vertex has been increased.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixReversed2d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes edge if pcurve is directed opposite to 3d curve
|
||||
Check is done by call to the function
|
||||
ShapeAnalysis_Edge::CheckCurve3dWithPCurve()
|
||||
Warning: For seam edge this method will check and fix the pcurve in only
|
||||
one direction. Hence, it should be called twice for seam edge:
|
||||
once with edge orientation FORWARD and once with REVERSED.
|
||||
Returns: False if nothing done, True if reversed (status DONE)
|
||||
Status: OK - pcurve OK, nothing done
|
||||
FAIL1 - no pcurve
|
||||
FAIL2 - no 3d curve
|
||||
DONE1 - pcurve was reversed.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSameParameter">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tries to make edge SameParameter and sets corresponding
|
||||
tolerance and SameParameter flag.
|
||||
First, it makes edge same range if SameRange flag is not set.
|
||||
If flag SameParameter is set, this method calls the
|
||||
function ShapeAnalysis_Edge::CheckSameParameter() that
|
||||
calculates the maximal deviation of pcurves of the edge from
|
||||
its 3d curve. If deviation > tolerance, the tolerance of edge
|
||||
is increased to a value of deviation. If deviation < tolerance
|
||||
nothing happens.
|
||||
|
||||
If flag SameParameter is not set, this method chooses the best
|
||||
variant (one that has minimal tolerance), either
|
||||
a. only after computing deviation (as above) or
|
||||
b. after calling standard procedure BRepLib::SameParameter
|
||||
and computing deviation (as above). If 'tolerance' > 0, it is
|
||||
used as parameter for BRepLib::SameParameter, otherwise,
|
||||
tolerance of the edge is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Use : Is to be called after all pcurves and 3d curve of the edge are
|
||||
correctly computed
|
||||
Remark : SameParameter flag is always set to True after this method
|
||||
Returns: True, if something done, else False
|
||||
Status : OK - edge was initially SameParameter, nothing is done
|
||||
FAIL1 - computation of deviation of pcurves from 3d curve has failed
|
||||
FAIL2 - BRepLib::SameParameter() has failed
|
||||
DONE1 - tolerance of the edge was increased
|
||||
DONE2 - flag SameParameter was set to True (only if
|
||||
BRepLib::SameParameter() did not set it)
|
||||
DONE3 - edge was modified by BRepLib::SameParameter() to SameParameter
|
||||
DONE4 - not used anymore
|
||||
DONE5 - if the edge resulting from BRepLib has been chosen, i.e. variant b. above
|
||||
(only for edges with not set SameParameter).</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Handle(ShapeFix_Edge) hEdge;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void setHandle(Handle(ShapeFix_Edge) handle) {
|
||||
setTwinPointer(handle.get());
|
||||
hEdge = handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_FaceConnectPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.FaceConnect"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_FaceConnect"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_FaceConnect"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_FaceConnect.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Rebuilds connectivity between faces in shell</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>add(face, face)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="build">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>build(shell, sewtolerance, fixtolerance)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clear">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Clears internal data structure</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_FacePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Face"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Face"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Face"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Face.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Class for fixing operations on faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixWireTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clearModes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets all modes to default</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Add a wire to current face using BRep_Builder.
|
||||
Wire is added without taking into account orientation of face
|
||||
(as if face were FORWARD)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixOrientation">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Fixes orientation of wires on the face
|
||||
It tries to make all wires lie outside all others (according
|
||||
to orientation) by reversing orientation of some of them.
|
||||
If face lying on sphere or torus has single wire and
|
||||
AddNaturalBoundMode is True, that wire is not reversed in
|
||||
any case (supposing that natural bound will be added).
|
||||
Returns True if wires were reversed
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixAddNaturalBound">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Adds natural boundary on face if it is missing.
|
||||
Two cases are supported:
|
||||
- face has no wires
|
||||
- face lies on geometrically double-closed surface
|
||||
(sphere or torus) and none of wires is left-oriented
|
||||
Returns True if natural boundary was added
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixMissingSeam">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Detects and fixes the special case when face on a closed
|
||||
surface is given by two wires closed in 3d but with gap in 2d.
|
||||
In that case it creates a new wire from the two, and adds a
|
||||
missing seam edge
|
||||
Returns True if missing seam was added
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSmallAreaWire">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Detects wires with small area (that is less than
|
||||
100*Precision.PConfusion(). Removes these wires if they are internal.
|
||||
Returns True if at least one small wire removed, False nothing is done.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixLoopWire">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Detects if wire has a loop and fixes this situation by splitting on the few parts.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixIntersectingWires">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Detects and fixes the special case when face has more than one wire
|
||||
and this wires have intersection point
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixWiresTwoCoincidentEdges">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
If wire contains two coincidence edges it must be removed
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixPeriodicDegenerated">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Fixes topology for a specific case when face is composed
|
||||
by a single wire belting a periodic surface. In that case
|
||||
a degenerated edge is reconstructed in the degenerated pole
|
||||
of the surface. Initial wire gets consistent orientation.
|
||||
Must be used in couple and before FixMissingSeam routine
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on subshapes and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="face">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a face which corresponds to the current state</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="result">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns resulting shape (Face or Shell if split)
|
||||
To be used instead of face() if FixMissingSeam involved
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixWireMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixWireMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixOrientationMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of orientation
|
||||
If True, wires oriented to border limited square
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixOrientationMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixAddNaturalBoundMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>If true, natural boundary is added on faces that miss them.
|
||||
Default is False for faces with single wire (they are
|
||||
handled by FixOrientation in that case) and True for others.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixAddNaturalBoundMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixMissingSeamMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>If True, tries to insert seam if missing</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixMissingSeamMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSmallAreaWireMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>If True, drops small wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSmallAreaWireMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="RemoveSmallAreaFaceMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>If True, drops small wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="RemoveSmallAreaFaceMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixIntersectingWiresMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of intersecting wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixIntersectingWiresMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixLoopWiresMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of loop wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixLoopWiresMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSplitFaceMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of split face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSplitFaceMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="AutoCorrectPrecisionMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying auto-corrected precision</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="AutoCorrectPrecisionMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixPeriodicDegeneratedMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying periodic degeneration</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixPeriodicDegeneratedMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_FixSmallFacePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.FixSmallFace"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_FixSmallFace"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_FixSmallFace"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_FixSmallFace.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Class for fixing operations on faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing case of spot face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSpotFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing case of spot face, if tol = -1 used local tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="replaceVerticesInCaseOfSpot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute average vertex and replacing vertices by new one</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeFacesInCaseOfSpot">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Remove spot face from compound</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixStripFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing case of strip face, if tol = -1 used local tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<!--<Methode Name="replaceInCaseOfStrip">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Replace vertices and edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>-->
|
||||
<Methode Name="removeFacesInCaseOfStrip">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Remove strip face from compound</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<!--<Methode Name="computeSharedEdgeForStripFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute average edge for strip face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>-->
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSplitFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes cases related to split faces within the given shape.
|
||||
It may return a modified shape after fixing the issues.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<!--<Methode Name="splitOneFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute data for face splitting</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>-->
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes issues related to the specified face and returns the modified face.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes issues in the overall geometric shape.
|
||||
This function likely encapsulates higher-level fixes that involve multiple faces or elements.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the current state of the geometric shape after potential modifications.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<!--<Methode Name="fixPinFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>-->
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_FixSmallSolidPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.FixSmallSolid"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_FixSmallSolid"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_FixSmallSolid"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_FixSmallSolid.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing solids with small size</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setFixMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Set working mode for operator:
|
||||
- theMode = 0 use both WidthFactorThreshold and VolumeThreshold parameters
|
||||
- theMode = 1 use only WidthFactorThreshold parameter
|
||||
- theMode = 2 use only VolumeThreshold parameter
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setVolumeThreshold">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set or clear volume threshold for small solids</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setWidthFactorThreshold">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set or clear width factor threshold for small solids</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="remove">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Remove small solids from the given shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="merge">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Merge small solids in the given shape to adjacent non-small ones</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_FreeBoundsPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.FreeBounds"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_FreeBounds"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_FreeBounds"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_FreeBounds.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This class is intended to output free bounds of the shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="closedWires">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns compound of closed wires out of free edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="openWires">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns compound of open wires out of free edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns modified source shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Root"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Root"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Root"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Root.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Root class for fixing operations</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="limitTolerance" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tolerance limited by [MinTolerance,MaxTolerance]</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Precision" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Basic precision value</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Precision" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MinTolerance" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Minimal allowed tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MinTolerance" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MaxTolerance" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Maximal allowed tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MaxTolerance" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Handle(ShapeFix_Root) hRoot;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void setHandle(Handle(ShapeFix_Root) handle) {
|
||||
setTwinPointer(handle.get());
|
||||
hRoot = handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ClassDeclarations>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_ShapePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Shape"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Shape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Shape"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Shape.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Class for fixing operations on shapes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on sub- shape and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns resulting shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSolidTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing solids</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixShellTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing shells</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixFaceTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixWireTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixEdgeTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSolidMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Solid</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSolidMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixFreeShellMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Shell</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixFreeShellMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixFreeFaceMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixFreeFaceMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixFreeWireMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixFreeWireMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSameParameterMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying ShapeFix::SameParameter after all fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSameParameterMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixVertexPositionMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying ShapeFix::FixVertexPosition before all fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixVertexPositionMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixVertexTolMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for fixing tolerances of vertices on whole shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixVertexTolMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_ShapeTolerancePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.ShapeTolerance"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_ShapeTolerance"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_ShapeTolerance"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_ShapeTolerance.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Modifies tolerances of sub-shapes (vertices, edges, faces)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="limitTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>limitTolerance(shape, tmin, [tmax=0, ShapeEnum=SHAPE])</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setTolerance(shape, precision, [ShapeEnum=SHAPE])</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_ShellPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Shell"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Shell"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Shell"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Shell.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Root class for fixing operations</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by shell</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixFaceTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on subshapes and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shell">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns fixed shell (or subset of oriented faces)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="numberOfShells">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of obtained shells</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>In case of multiconnexity returns compound of fixed shells and one shell otherwise</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="errorFaces">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns not oriented subset of faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixFaceOrientation">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Fixes orientation of faces in shell.
|
||||
Changes orientation of face in the shell, if it is oriented opposite
|
||||
to neighbouring faces. If it is not possible to orient all faces in the
|
||||
shell (like in case of mebious band), this method orients only subset
|
||||
of faces. Other faces are stored in Error compound.
|
||||
Modes :
|
||||
isAccountMultiConex - mode for account cases of multiconnexity.
|
||||
If this mode is equal to Standard_True, separate shells will be created
|
||||
in the cases of multiconnexity. If this mode is equal to Standard_False,
|
||||
one shell will be created without account of multiconnexity. By default - Standard_True;
|
||||
NonManifold - mode for creation of non-manifold shells.
|
||||
If this mode is equal to Standard_True one non-manifold will be created from shell
|
||||
contains multishared edges. Else if this mode is equal to Standard_False only
|
||||
manifold shells will be created. By default - Standard_False.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setNonManifoldFlag">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets NonManifold flag</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixOrientationMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of orientation of faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixOrientationMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixFaceMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes using ShapeFix_Face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixFaceMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_SolidPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Solid"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Solid"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Solid"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Solid.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Root class for fixing operations</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by solid</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on subshapes and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="solidFromShell">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Calls MakeSolid and orients the solid to be not infinite</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="solid">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns resulting solid</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>In case of multiconnexity returns compound of fixed solids
|
||||
else returns one solid</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixShellTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing shells</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixShellMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying fixes of ShapeFix_Shell</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixShellMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixShellOrientationMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for applying analysis and fixes of
|
||||
orientation of shells in the solid</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixShellOrientationMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CreateOpenSolidMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for creation of solids</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CreateOpenSolidMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertexPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.SplitCommonVertex"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertex"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertex"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_SplitCommonVertex.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Class for fixing operations on shapes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on sub- shape and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns resulting shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_SplitToolPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.SplitTool"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_SplitTool"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_SplitTool"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_SplitTool.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tool for splitting and cutting edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="splitEdge">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Split edge on two new edges using new vertex</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="cutEdge">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Cut edge by parameters pend and cut</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_WirePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Wire"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Wire"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Wire"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Wire.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Class for fixing operations on wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes by wire, face, precision</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixEdgeTool">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns tool for fixing wires</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clearModes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets all modes to default</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clearStatuses">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Clears all statuses</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="load">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Load data for the wire, and drops all fixing statuses</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setFace">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set working face for the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setSurface">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>setSurface(surface, [Placement])
|
||||
Set surface for the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setMaxTailAngle">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the maximal allowed angle of the tails in radians</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setMaxTailWidth">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the maximal allowed width of the tails</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isLoaded">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tells if the wire is loaded</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isReady">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Tells if the wire and face are loaded</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="numberOfEdges">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns number of edges in the working wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="wire">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Makes the resulting Wire (by basic Brep_Builder)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="wireAPIMake">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Makes the resulting Wire (by BRepAPI_MakeWire)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="face">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns working face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="perform">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Iterates on subshapes and performs fixes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixReorder">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Performs an analysis and reorders edges in the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSmall">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies fixSmall(...) to all edges in the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixConnected">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies fixConnected(num) to all edges in the wire
|
||||
Connection between first and last edges is treated only if
|
||||
flag ClosedMode is True
|
||||
If prec is -1 then maxTolerance() is taken.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixEdgeCurves">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Groups the fixes dealing with 3d and pcurves of the edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixDegenerated">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies fixDegenerated(...) to all edges in the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSelfIntersection">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies FixSelfIntersectingEdge(num) and
|
||||
FixIntersectingEdges(num) to all edges in the wire and
|
||||
FixIntersectingEdges(num1, num2) for all pairs num1 and num2
|
||||
and removes wrong edges if any</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixLacking">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Applies FixLacking(num) to all edges in the wire
|
||||
Connection between first and last edges is treated only if
|
||||
flag ClosedMode is True
|
||||
If 'force' is False (default), test for connectness is done with
|
||||
precision of vertex between edges, else it is done with minimal
|
||||
value of vertex tolerance and Analyzer.Precision().
|
||||
Hence, 'force' will lead to inserting lacking edges in replacement
|
||||
of vertices which have big tolerances.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixClosed">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes a wire to be well closed</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixGaps3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes gaps between ends of 3d curves on adjacent edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixGaps2d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes gaps between ends of pcurves on adjacent edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSeam">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes seam edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixShifted">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes edges which have pcurves shifted by whole parameter
|
||||
range on the closed surface</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixNotchedEdges">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes Notch edges.Check if there are notch edges in 2d and fix it</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixGap3d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes gap between ends of 3d curves on num-1 and num-th edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixGap2d">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes gap between ends of pcurves on num-1 and num-th edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixTails">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes issues related to 'tails' in the geometry.
|
||||
Tails are typically small, undesired protrusions or deviations in the curves or edges that need correction.
|
||||
This method examines the geometry and applies corrective actions to eliminate or reduce the presence of tails.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ModifyTopologyMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for modifying topology of the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ModifyTopologyMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ModifyGeometryMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for modifying geometry of vertexes and edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ModifyGeometryMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ModifyRemoveLoopMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode for modifying edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ModifyRemoveLoopMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ClosedWireMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which defines whether the wire
|
||||
is to be closed (by calling methods like fixDegenerated()
|
||||
and fixConnected() for last and first edges)</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ClosedWireMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="PreferencePCurveMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which defines whether the 2d 'True'
|
||||
representation of the wire is preferable over 3d one in the
|
||||
case of ambiguity in FixEdgeCurves</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="PreferencePCurveMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixGapsByRangesMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which defines whether tool
|
||||
tries to fix gaps first by changing curves ranges (i.e.
|
||||
using intersection, extrema, projections) or not</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixGapsByRangesMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixReorderMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which performs an analysis and reorders edges in the wire using class WireOrder.
|
||||
Flag 'theModeBoth' determines the use of miscible mode if necessary.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixReorderMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSmallMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which applies FixSmall(num) to all edges in the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSmallMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixConnectedMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which applies FixConnected(num) to all edges in the wire
|
||||
Connection between first and last edges is treated only if
|
||||
flag ClosedMode is True
|
||||
If 'prec' is -1 then MaxTolerance() is taken.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixConnectedMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixEdgeCurvesMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which groups the fixes dealing with 3d and pcurves of the edges.
|
||||
The order of the fixes and the default behaviour are:
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixReversed2d
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixRemovePCurve (only if forced)
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixAddPCurve
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixRemoveCurve3d (only if forced)
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixAddCurve3d
|
||||
FixSeam,
|
||||
FixShifted,
|
||||
ShapeFix_Edge::FixSameParameter</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixEdgeCurvesMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixDegeneratedMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which applies FixDegenerated(num) to all edges in the wire
|
||||
Connection between first and last edges is treated only if
|
||||
flag ClosedMode is True</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixDegeneratedMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSelfIntersectionMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which applies FixSelfIntersectingEdge(num) and
|
||||
FixIntersectingEdges(num) to all edges in the wire and
|
||||
FixIntersectingEdges(num1, num2) for all pairs num1 and num2
|
||||
and removes wrong edges if any</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSelfIntersectionMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixLackingMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which applies FixLacking(num) to all edges in the wire
|
||||
Connection between first and last edges is treated only if
|
||||
flag ClosedMode is True
|
||||
If 'force' is False (default), test for connectness is done with
|
||||
precision of vertex between edges, else it is done with minimal
|
||||
value of vertex tolerance and Analyzer.Precision().
|
||||
Hence, 'force' will lead to inserting lacking edges in replacement
|
||||
of vertices which have big tolerances.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixLackingMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixGaps3dMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes gaps between ends of 3d curves on adjacent edges
|
||||
myPrecision is used to detect the gaps.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixGaps3dMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixGaps2dMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode whixh fixes gaps between ends of pcurves on adjacent edges
|
||||
myPrecision is used to detect the gaps.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixGaps2dMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixReversed2dMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes the reversed in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixReversed2dMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixRemovePCurveMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which removePCurve in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixRemovePCurveMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixAddPCurveMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes addCurve in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixAddPCurveMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixRemoveCurve3dMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes removeCurve in 3d </UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixRemoveCurve3dMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixAddCurve3dMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes addCurve in 3d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixAddCurve3dMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSeamMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes Seam </UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSeamMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixShiftedMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes Shifted</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixShiftedMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSameParameterMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes sameParameter in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSameParameterMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixVertexToleranceMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes VertexTolerence in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixVertexToleranceMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixNotchedEdgesMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes NotchedEdges in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixNotchedEdgesMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixSelfIntersectingEdgeMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes SelfIntersectionEdge in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixSelfIntersectingEdgeMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixIntersectingEdgesMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes IntersectingEdges in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixIntersectingEdgesMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixNonAdjacentIntersectingEdgesMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes NonAdjacentIntersectingEdges in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixNonAdjacentIntersectingEdgesMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FixTailMode" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Mode which fixes Tails in 2d</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FixTailMode" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_WireVertexPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.WireVertex"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_WireVertex"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_WireVertex"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_WireVertex.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixing disconnected edges in the wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="init">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Loads the wire, ininializes internal analyzer with the given precision</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="wire">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns resulting wire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSame">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the count of fixed vertices, 0 if none</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fix">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes all statuses except Disjoined, i.e. the cases in which a
|
||||
common value has been set, with or without changing parameters
|
||||
Returns the count of fixed vertices, 0 if none</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="ShapeFix_RootPy"
|
||||
Name="ShapeFix_WireframePy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeFix.Wireframe"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeFix_Wireframe"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeFix_Wireframe"
|
||||
Include="ShapeFix_Wireframe.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/ShapeFix/ShapeFix_RootPy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Provides methods for fixing wireframe of shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="clearStatuses">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Clears all statuses</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="load">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Loads a shape, resets statuses</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixWireGaps">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes gaps between ends of curves of adjacent edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="fixSmallEdges">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Fixes small edges in shape by merging adjacent edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu></UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ModeDropSmallEdges" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns mode managing removing small edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ModeDropSmallEdges" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LimitAngle" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Limit angle for merging edges</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LimitAngle" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="PyObjectBase"
|
||||
Name="UnifySameDomainPy"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.ShapeUpgrade.UnifySameDomain"
|
||||
Twin="ShapeUpgrade_UnifySameDomain"
|
||||
TwinPointer="ShapeUpgrade_UnifySameDomain"
|
||||
Include="ShapeUpgrade_UnifySameDomain.hxx"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Base/PyObjectBase.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Base"
|
||||
Constructor="true"
|
||||
Delete="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>This tool tries to unify faces and edges of the shape which lie on the same geometry.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="initialize" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Initializes with a shape and necessary flags</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="allowInternalEdges">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the flag defining whether it is allowed to create
|
||||
internal edges inside merged faces in the case of non-manifold
|
||||
topology. Without this flag merging through multi connected edge
|
||||
is forbidden. Default value is false.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="keepShape">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the shape for avoid merging of the faces/edges.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="keepShapes">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the map of shapes for avoid merging of the faces/edges.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setSafeInputMode">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the flag defining the behavior of the algorithm regarding
|
||||
modification of input shape.
|
||||
If this flag is equal to True then the input (original) shape can't be
|
||||
modified during modification process. Default value is true.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setLinearTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the linear tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setAngularTolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets the angular tolerance</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="build">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Performs unification and builds the resulting shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="shape" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Gives the resulting shape</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="SpherePy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomSphere"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomSphere"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.Sphere"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a sphere in 3D space</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Radius" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The radius of the sphere.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Radius" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Area" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the area of the sphere.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Area" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Volume" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Compute the volume of the sphere.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Volume" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Center" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Center of the sphere.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Center" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Axis" ReadOnly="false">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The axis direction of the circle</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Axis" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="SurfaceOfExtrusionPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomSurfaceOfExtrusion"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomSurfaceOfExtrusion"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.SurfaceOfExtrusion"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a surface of linear extrusion</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Direction">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the direction of revolution.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Direction" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the basic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisCurve" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="SurfaceOfRevolutionPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="GeomSurfaceOfRevolution"
|
||||
TwinPointer="GeomSurfaceOfRevolution"
|
||||
PythonName="Part.SurfaceOfRevolution"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/GeometrySurfacePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/Geometry.h"
|
||||
Father="GeometrySurfacePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Werner Mayer" EMail="wmayer@users.sourceforge.net"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Describes a surface of revolution</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Location">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the location of revolution.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Location" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Direction">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the direction of revolution.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Direction" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="BasisCurve">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Sets or gets the basic curve.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="BasisCurve" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeCompSolidPy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>TopoShapeCompSolid is the OpenCasCade topological compound solid wrapper</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Add a solid to the compound.
|
||||
add(solid)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeCompoundPy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a compound out of a list of shapes</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Add a shape to the compound.
|
||||
add(shape)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="connectEdgesToWires" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Build a compound of wires out of the edges of this compound.
|
||||
connectEdgesToWires([Shared = True, Tolerance = 1e-7]) -> Compound
|
||||
--
|
||||
If Shared is True connection is performed only when adjacent edges share the same vertex.
|
||||
If Shared is False connection is performed only when ends of adjacent edges are at distance less than Tolerance.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="setFaces">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>A shape is created from points and triangles and set to this object</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,543 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeEdgePy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>TopoShapeEdge is the OpenCasCade topological edge wrapper</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getParameterByLength" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the value of the primary parameter at the given distance along the cartesian length of the edge.
|
||||
getParameterByLength(pos, [tolerance = 1e-7]) -> Float
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
pos (float or int): The distance along the length of the edge at which to
|
||||
determine the primary parameter value. See help for the FirstParameter or
|
||||
LastParameter properties for more information on the primary parameter.
|
||||
If the given value is positive, the distance from edge start is used.
|
||||
If the given value is negative, the distance from edge end is used.
|
||||
tol (float): Computing tolerance. Optional, defaults to 1e-7.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
paramval (float): the value of the primary parameter defining the edge at the
|
||||
given position along its cartesian length.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="tangentAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the tangent direction at the given primary parameter value along the Edge if it is defined
|
||||
tangentAt(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the tangent direction e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.tangentAt(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is the Vector (-0.7071067811865475, 0.7071067811865476, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values of the tangent on the curve extrapolated beyond its
|
||||
length. This may not be valid for all Edges. Negative values
|
||||
similarly return a tangent on the curve extrapolated backwards
|
||||
(before the start point of the Edge). For example, using the
|
||||
same shape as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.tangentAt(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865477, 0.7071067811865474, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.tangentAt(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865475, 0.7071067811865476, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the tangent to the Edge at the given
|
||||
location along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="valueAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the value of the cartesian parameter value at the given parameter value along the Edge
|
||||
valueAt(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the value in terms of the main parameter defining
|
||||
the edge, what the parameter value is depends on the type of
|
||||
edge. See e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
For a circle value
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.valueAt(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is theVector (0.7071067811865476, 0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values on the curve extrapolated beyond its length. This may
|
||||
not be valid for all Edges. Negative values similarly return
|
||||
a parameter value on the curve extrapolated backwards (before the
|
||||
start point of the Edge). For example, using the same shape
|
||||
as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.valueAt(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865474, -0.7071067811865477, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.valueAt(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865476, -0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the cartesian location on the Edge at the given
|
||||
distance along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameters" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the list of parameters of the tessellation of an edge.
|
||||
parameters([face]) -> list
|
||||
--
|
||||
If the edge is part of a face then this face is required as argument.
|
||||
An exception is raised if the edge has no polygon.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="parameterAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the parameter at the given vertex if lying on the edge
|
||||
parameterAt(Vertex) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="normalAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the normal direction at the given parameter value along the Edge if it is defined
|
||||
normalAt(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the normal direction e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.normalAt(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is the Vector (-0.7071067811865476, -0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values of the normal on the curve extrapolated beyond its
|
||||
length. This may not be valid for all Edges. Negative values
|
||||
similarly return a normal on the curve extrapolated backwards
|
||||
(before the start point of the Edge). For example, using the
|
||||
same shape as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.normalAt(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865474, 0.7071067811865477, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.normalAt(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865476, 0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the normal to the Edge at the given
|
||||
location along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="derivative1At" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the first derivative at the given parameter value along the Edge if it is defined
|
||||
derivative1At(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the first derivative e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.derivative1At(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is the Vector (-0.7071067811865475, 0.7071067811865476, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values of the first derivative on the curve extrapolated
|
||||
beyond its length. This may not be valid for all Edges.
|
||||
Negative values similarly return a first derivative on the
|
||||
curve extrapolated backwards (before the start point of the
|
||||
Edge). For example, using the same shape as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative1At(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865477, 0.7071067811865474, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative1At(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (0.7071067811865475, 0.7071067811865476, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the first derivative to the Edge at the
|
||||
given location along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="derivative2At" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the second derivative at the given parameter value along the Edge if it is defined
|
||||
derivative2At(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the second derivative e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.derivative2At(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is the Vector (-0.7071067811865476, -0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values of the second derivative on the curve extrapolated
|
||||
beyond its length. This may not be valid for all Edges.
|
||||
Negative values similarly return a second derivative on the
|
||||
curve extrapolated backwards (before the start point of the
|
||||
Edge). For example, using the same shape as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative2At(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865474, 0.7071067811865477, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative2At(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865476, 0.7071067811865475, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the second derivative to the Edge at the
|
||||
given location along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="derivative3At" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the third derivative at the given parameter value along the Edge if it is defined
|
||||
derivative3At(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or int): The parameter value along the Edge at which to
|
||||
determine the third derivative e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
x = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
y = x.derivative3At(x.FirstParameter + 0.5 * (x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
|
||||
y is the Vector (0.7071067811865475, -0.7071067811865476, -0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Values with magnitude greater than the Edge length return
|
||||
values of the third derivative on the curve extrapolated
|
||||
beyond its length. This may not be valid for all Edges.
|
||||
Negative values similarly return a third derivative on the
|
||||
curve extrapolated backwards (before the start point of the
|
||||
Edge). For example, using the same shape as above:
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative3At(x.FirstParameter + 3.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865477, -0.7071067811865474, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Which gives the same result as
|
||||
|
||||
>>> x.derivative3At(x.FirstParameter -0.5*(x.LastParameter - x.FirstParameter))
|
||||
Vector (-0.7071067811865475, -0.7071067811865476, 0.0)
|
||||
|
||||
Since it is a circle
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Vector: representing the third derivative to the Edge at the
|
||||
given location along its length (or extrapolated length)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvatureAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined
|
||||
curvatureAt(paramval) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="centerOfCurvatureAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the center of curvature at the given parameter [First|Last] if defined
|
||||
centerOfCurvatureAt(paramval) -> Vector
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="firstVertex" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the Vertex of orientation FORWARD in this edge.
|
||||
firstVertex([Orientation=False]) -> Vertex
|
||||
--
|
||||
If there is none a Null shape is returned.
|
||||
Orientation = True : taking into account the edge orientation
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="lastVertex" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the Vertex of orientation REVERSED in this edge.
|
||||
lastVertex([Orientation=False]) -> Vertex
|
||||
--
|
||||
If there is none a Null shape is returned.
|
||||
Orientation = True : taking into account the edge orientation
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="discretize" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Discretizes the edge and returns a list of points.
|
||||
discretize(kwargs) -> list
|
||||
--
|
||||
The function accepts keywords as argument:
|
||||
discretize(Number=n) => gives a list of 'n' equidistant points
|
||||
discretize(QuasiNumber=n) => gives a list of 'n' quasi equidistant points (is faster than the method above)
|
||||
discretize(Distance=d) => gives a list of equidistant points with distance 'd'
|
||||
discretize(Deflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the edge
|
||||
discretize(QuasiDeflection=d) => gives a list of points with a maximum deflection 'd' to the edge (faster)
|
||||
discretize(Angular=a,Curvature=c,[Minimum=m]) => gives a list of points with an angular deflection of 'a'
|
||||
and a curvature deflection of 'c'. Optionally a minimum number of points
|
||||
can be set which by default is set to 2.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally you can set the keywords 'First' and 'Last' to define a sub-range of the parameter range
|
||||
of the edge.
|
||||
|
||||
If no keyword is given then it depends on whether the argument is an int or float.
|
||||
If it's an int then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Number', if it's float
|
||||
then the behaviour is as if using the keyword 'Distance'.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
import Part
|
||||
e=Part.makeCircle(5)
|
||||
p=e.discretize(Number=50,First=3.14)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)
|
||||
|
||||
p=e.discretize(Angular=0.09,Curvature=0.01,Last=3.14,Minimum=100)
|
||||
s=Part.Compound([Part.Vertex(i) for i in p])
|
||||
Part.show(s)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="countNodes" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of nodes of the 3D polygon of the edge.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="split" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Splits the edge at the given parameter values and builds a wire out of it
|
||||
split(paramval) -> Wire
|
||||
--
|
||||
Args:
|
||||
paramval (float or list_of_floats): The parameter values along the Edge at which to
|
||||
split it e.g:
|
||||
|
||||
edge = Part.makeCircle(1, FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,0), FreeCAD.Vector(0,0,1), 0, 90)
|
||||
wire = edge.split([0.5, 1.0])
|
||||
|
||||
Returns:
|
||||
Wire: wire made up of two Edges
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isSeam" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Checks whether the edge is a seam edge.
|
||||
isSeam(Face)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curveOnSurface" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the 2D curve, the surface, the placement and the parameter range of index idx.
|
||||
curveOnSurface(idx) -> None or tuple
|
||||
--
|
||||
Returns None if index idx is out of range.
|
||||
Returns a 5-items tuple of a curve, a surface, a placement, first parameter and last parameter.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Tolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set or get the tolerance of the vertex</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Tolerance" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Length" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the cartesian length of the curve</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Length" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ParameterRange" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns a 2 tuple with the range of the primary parameter
|
||||
defining the curve. This is the same as would be returned by
|
||||
the FirstParameter and LastParameter properties, i.e.
|
||||
|
||||
(LastParameter,FirstParameter)
|
||||
|
||||
What the parameter is depends on what type of edge it is. For a
|
||||
Line the parameter is simply its cartesian length. Some other
|
||||
examples are shown below:
|
||||
|
||||
Type Parameter
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Circle Angle swept by circle (or arc) in radians
|
||||
BezierCurve Unitless number in the range 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||
Helix Angle swept by helical turns in radians
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ParameterRange" Type="Tuple"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="FirstParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the start value of the range of the primary parameter
|
||||
defining the curve.
|
||||
|
||||
What the parameter is depends on what type of edge it is. For a
|
||||
Line the parameter is simply its cartesian length. Some other
|
||||
examples are shown below:
|
||||
|
||||
Type Parameter
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Circle Angle swept by circle (or arc) in radians
|
||||
BezierCurve Unitless number in the range 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||
Helix Angle swept by helical turns in radians
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="FirstParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="LastParameter" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the end value of the range of the primary parameter
|
||||
defining the curve.
|
||||
|
||||
What the parameter is depends on what type of edge it is. For a
|
||||
Line the parameter is simply its cartesian length. Some other
|
||||
examples are shown below:
|
||||
|
||||
Type Parameter
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Circle Angle swept by circle (or arc) in radians
|
||||
BezierCurve Unitless number in the range 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||
Helix Angle swept by helical turns in radians
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="LastParameter" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Curve" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the 3D curve of the edge</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Curve" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Closed" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the edge is closed</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Closed" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Degenerated" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns true if the edge is degenerated</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Degenerated" Type="Boolean"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Mass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the mass of the current system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Mass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CenterOfMass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the center of mass of the current system.
|
||||
If the gravitational field is uniform, it is the center of gravity.
|
||||
The coordinates returned for the center of mass are expressed in the
|
||||
absolute Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CenterOfMass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MatrixOfInertia" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the matrix of inertia. It is a symmetrical matrix.
|
||||
The coefficients of the matrix are the quadratic moments of
|
||||
inertia.
|
||||
|
||||
| Ixx Ixy Ixz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixy Iyy Iyz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixz Iyz Izz 0 |
|
||||
| 0 0 0 1 |
|
||||
|
||||
The moments of inertia are denoted by Ixx, Iyy, Izz.
|
||||
The products of inertia are denoted by Ixy, Ixz, Iyz.
|
||||
The matrix of inertia is returned in the central coordinate
|
||||
system (G, Gx, Gy, Gz) where G is the centre of mass of the
|
||||
system and Gx, Gy, Gz the directions parallel to the X(1,0,0)
|
||||
Y(0,1,0) Z(0,0,1) directions of the absolute cartesian
|
||||
coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MatrixOfInertia" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StaticMoments" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns Ix, Iy, Iz, the static moments of inertia of the
|
||||
current system; i.e. the moments of inertia about the
|
||||
three axes of the Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StaticMoments" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="PrincipalProperties" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the principal properties of inertia of the current system.
|
||||
There is always a set of axes for which the products
|
||||
of inertia of a geometric system are equal to 0; i.e. the
|
||||
matrix of inertia of the system is diagonal. These axes
|
||||
are the principal axes of inertia. Their origin is
|
||||
coincident with the center of mass of the system. The
|
||||
associated moments are called the principal moments of inertia.
|
||||
This function computes the eigen values and the
|
||||
eigen vectors of the matrix of inertia of the system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="PrincipalProperties" Type="Dict"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Continuity" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the continuity</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Continuity" Type="String"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeFacePy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>TopoShapeFace is the OpenCasCade topological face wrapper</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="addWire">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Adds a wire to the face.
|
||||
addWire(wire)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeOffset" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Offset the face by a given amount.
|
||||
makeOffset(dist) -> Face
|
||||
--
|
||||
Returns Compound of Wires. Deprecated - use makeOffset2D instead.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeEvolved" Const="true" Keyword="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Profile along the spine</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getUVNodes" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the list of (u,v) nodes of the tessellation
|
||||
getUVNodes() -> list
|
||||
--
|
||||
An exception is raised if the face is not triangulated.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="tangentAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the tangent in u and v isoparametric at the given point if defined
|
||||
tangentAt(u,v) -> Vector
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="valueAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the point at the given parameter [0|Length] if defined
|
||||
valueAt(u,v) -> Vector
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="normalAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the normal vector at the given parameter [0|Length] if defined
|
||||
normalAt(pos) -> Vector
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="derivative1At" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the first derivative at the given parameter [0|Length] if defined
|
||||
derivative1At(u,v) -> (vectorU,vectorV)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="derivative2At" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Vector = d2At(pos) - Get the second derivative at the given parameter [0|Length] if defined
|
||||
derivative2At(u,v) -> (vectorU,vectorV)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curvatureAt" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get the curvature at the given parameter [0|Length] if defined
|
||||
curvatureAt(u,v) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="isPartOfDomain" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Check if a given (u,v) pair is inside the domain of a face
|
||||
isPartOfDomain(u,v) -> bool
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeHalfSpace" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Make a half-space solid by this face and a reference point.
|
||||
makeHalfSpace(pos) -> Shape
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="validate">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Validate the face.
|
||||
validate()
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="countNodes" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of nodes of the triangulation.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="countTriangles" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the number of triangles of the triangulation.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="curveOnSurface" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the curve associated to the edge in the parametric space of the face.
|
||||
curveOnSurface(Edge) -> (curve, min, max) or None
|
||||
--
|
||||
If this curve exists then a tuple of curve and parameter range is returned.
|
||||
Returns None if this curve does not exist.
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="cutHoles">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Cut holes in the face.
|
||||
cutHoles(list_of_wires)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Tolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set or get the tolerance of the vertex</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Tolerance" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="ParameterRange" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns a 4 tuple with the parameter range</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="ParameterRange" Type="Tuple"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Surface" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the geometric surface of the face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Surface" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Wire" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The outer wire of this face
|
||||
deprecated -- please use OuterWire</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Wire" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OuterWire" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>The outer wire of this face</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OuterWire" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Mass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the mass of the current system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Mass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CenterOfMass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the center of mass of the current system.
|
||||
If the gravitational field is uniform, it is the center of gravity.
|
||||
The coordinates returned for the center of mass are expressed in the
|
||||
absolute Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CenterOfMass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MatrixOfInertia" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the matrix of inertia. It is a symmetrical matrix.
|
||||
The coefficients of the matrix are the quadratic moments of
|
||||
inertia.
|
||||
|
||||
| Ixx Ixy Ixz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixy Iyy Iyz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixz Iyz Izz 0 |
|
||||
| 0 0 0 1 |
|
||||
|
||||
The moments of inertia are denoted by Ixx, Iyy, Izz.
|
||||
The products of inertia are denoted by Ixy, Ixz, Iyz.
|
||||
The matrix of inertia is returned in the central coordinate
|
||||
system (G, Gx, Gy, Gz) where G is the centre of mass of the
|
||||
system and Gx, Gy, Gz the directions parallel to the X(1,0,0)
|
||||
Y(0,1,0) Z(0,0,1) directions of the absolute cartesian
|
||||
coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MatrixOfInertia" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StaticMoments" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns Ix, Iy, Iz, the static moments of inertia of the
|
||||
current system; i.e. the moments of inertia about the
|
||||
three axes of the Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StaticMoments" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="PrincipalProperties" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the principal properties of inertia of the current system.
|
||||
There is always a set of axes for which the products
|
||||
of inertia of a geometric system are equal to 0; i.e. the
|
||||
matrix of inertia of the system is diagonal. These axes
|
||||
are the principal axes of inertia. Their origin is
|
||||
coincident with the center of mass of the system. The
|
||||
associated moments are called the principal moments of inertia.
|
||||
This function computes the eigen values and the
|
||||
eigen vectors of the matrix of inertia of the system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="PrincipalProperties" Type="Dict"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeShellPy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Create a shell out of a list of faces</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Methode Name="add">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Add a face to the shell.
|
||||
add(face)
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getFreeEdges" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get free edges as compound.
|
||||
getFreeEdges() -> compound
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getBadEdges" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Get bad edges as compound.
|
||||
getBadEdges() -> compound
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="makeHalfSpace" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Make a half-space solid by this shell and a reference point.
|
||||
makeHalfSpace(point) -> Solid
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Mass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the mass of the current system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Mass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CenterOfMass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the center of mass of the current system.
|
||||
If the gravitational field is uniform, it is the center of gravity.
|
||||
The coordinates returned for the center of mass are expressed in the
|
||||
absolute Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CenterOfMass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MatrixOfInertia" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the matrix of inertia. It is a symmetrical matrix.
|
||||
The coefficients of the matrix are the quadratic moments of
|
||||
inertia.
|
||||
|
||||
| Ixx Ixy Ixz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixy Iyy Iyz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixz Iyz Izz 0 |
|
||||
| 0 0 0 1 |
|
||||
|
||||
The moments of inertia are denoted by Ixx, Iyy, Izz.
|
||||
The products of inertia are denoted by Ixy, Ixz, Iyz.
|
||||
The matrix of inertia is returned in the central coordinate
|
||||
system (G, Gx, Gy, Gz) where G is the centre of mass of the
|
||||
system and Gx, Gy, Gz the directions parallel to the X(1,0,0)
|
||||
Y(0,1,0) Z(0,0,1) directions of the absolute cartesian
|
||||
coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MatrixOfInertia" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StaticMoments" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns Ix, Iy, Iz, the static moments of inertia of the
|
||||
current system; i.e. the moments of inertia about the
|
||||
three axes of the Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StaticMoments" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="PrincipalProperties" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the principal properties of inertia of the current system.
|
||||
There is always a set of axes for which the products
|
||||
of inertia of a geometric system are equal to 0; i.e. the
|
||||
matrix of inertia of the system is diagonal. These axes
|
||||
are the principal axes of inertia. Their origin is
|
||||
coincident with the center of mass of the system. The
|
||||
associated moments are called the principal moments of inertia.
|
||||
This function computes the eigen values and the
|
||||
eigen vectors of the matrix of inertia of the system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="PrincipalProperties" Type="Dict"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeSolidPy"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de" />
|
||||
<UserDocu>Part.Solid(shape): Create a solid out of shells of shape. If shape is a compsolid, the overall volume solid is created.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Mass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the mass of the current system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Mass" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="CenterOfMass" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the center of mass of the current system.
|
||||
If the gravitational field is uniform, it is the center of gravity.
|
||||
The coordinates returned for the center of mass are expressed in the
|
||||
absolute Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="CenterOfMass" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="MatrixOfInertia" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the matrix of inertia. It is a symmetrical matrix.
|
||||
The coefficients of the matrix are the quadratic moments of
|
||||
inertia.
|
||||
|
||||
| Ixx Ixy Ixz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixy Iyy Iyz 0 |
|
||||
| Ixz Iyz Izz 0 |
|
||||
| 0 0 0 1 |
|
||||
|
||||
The moments of inertia are denoted by Ixx, Iyy, Izz.
|
||||
The products of inertia are denoted by Ixy, Ixz, Iyz.
|
||||
The matrix of inertia is returned in the central coordinate
|
||||
system (G, Gx, Gy, Gz) where G is the centre of mass of the
|
||||
system and Gx, Gy, Gz the directions parallel to the X(1,0,0)
|
||||
Y(0,1,0) Z(0,0,1) directions of the absolute cartesian
|
||||
coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="MatrixOfInertia" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="StaticMoments" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns Ix, Iy, Iz, the static moments of inertia of the
|
||||
current system; i.e. the moments of inertia about the
|
||||
three axes of the Cartesian coordinate system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="StaticMoments" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="PrincipalProperties" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Computes the principal properties of inertia of the current system.
|
||||
There is always a set of axes for which the products
|
||||
of inertia of a geometric system are equal to 0; i.e. the
|
||||
matrix of inertia of the system is diagonal. These axes
|
||||
are the principal axes of inertia. Their origin is
|
||||
coincident with the center of mass of the system. The
|
||||
associated moments are called the principal moments of inertia.
|
||||
This function computes the eigen values and the
|
||||
eigen vectors of the matrix of inertia of the system.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="PrincipalProperties" Type="Dict"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="OuterShell" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>
|
||||
Returns the outer most shell of this solid or an null
|
||||
shape if the solid has no shells</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="OuterShell" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getMomentOfInertia" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>computes the moment of inertia of the material system about the axis A.
|
||||
getMomentOfInertia(point,direction) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="getRadiusOfGyration" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Returns the radius of gyration of the current system about the axis A.
|
||||
getRadiusOfGyration(point,direction) -> Float
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
<Methode Name="offsetFaces" Const="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Extrude single faces of the solid.
|
||||
offsetFaces(facesTuple, offset) -> Solid
|
||||
or
|
||||
offsetFaces(dict) -> Solid
|
||||
--
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
solid.offsetFaces((solid.Faces[0],solid.Faces[1]), 1.5)
|
||||
|
||||
solid.offsetFaces({solid.Faces[0]:1.0,solid.Faces[1]:2.0})
|
||||
</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
</Methode>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<GenerateModel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="generateMetaModel_Module.xsd">
|
||||
<PythonExport
|
||||
Name="TopoShapeVertexPy"
|
||||
Namespace="Part"
|
||||
Twin="TopoShape"
|
||||
TwinPointer="TopoShape"
|
||||
FatherInclude="Mod/Part/App/TopoShapePy.h"
|
||||
Include="Mod/Part/App/TopoShape.h"
|
||||
Father="TopoShapePy"
|
||||
FatherNamespace="Part"
|
||||
Constructor="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<Author Licence="LGPL" Name="Juergen Riegel" EMail="Juergen.Riegel@web.de"/>
|
||||
<UserDocu>TopoShapeVertex is the OpenCasCade topological vertex wrapper</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="X" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>X component of this Vertex.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="X" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Y" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Y component of this Vertex.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Y" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Z" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Z component of this Vertex.</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Z" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Point" ReadOnly="true">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Position of this Vertex as a Vector</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Point" Type="Object"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
<Attribute Name="Tolerance">
|
||||
<Documentation>
|
||||
<UserDocu>Set or get the tolerance of the vertex</UserDocu>
|
||||
</Documentation>
|
||||
<Parameter Name="Tolerance" Type="Float"/>
|
||||
</Attribute>
|
||||
</PythonExport>
|
||||
</GenerateModel>
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user